Remove trailing spaces in bfd
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / bfd / elf32-sh.c
1 /* Renesas / SuperH SH specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1996-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Contributed by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
4
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
21
22 #include "sysdep.h"
23 #include "bfd.h"
24 #include "bfdlink.h"
25 #include "libbfd.h"
26 #include "elf-bfd.h"
27 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
28 #include "elf/sh.h"
29 #include "dwarf2.h"
30 #include "libiberty.h"
31 #include "../opcodes/sh-opc.h"
32
33 static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_reloc
34 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
35 static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_ignore_reloc
36 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
37 static bfd_boolean sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes
38 (bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma, int);
39 static bfd_boolean sh_elf_align_loads
40 (bfd *, asection *, Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_byte *, bfd_boolean *);
41 #ifndef SH64_ELF
42 static bfd_boolean sh_elf_swap_insns
43 (bfd *, asection *, void *, bfd_byte *, bfd_vma);
44 #endif
45 static int sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc
46 (struct bfd_link_info *, int, int);
47 static bfd_vma dtpoff_base
48 (struct bfd_link_info *);
49 static bfd_vma tpoff
50 (struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma);
51
52 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
53 section. */
54
55 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
56
57 /* FDPIC binaries have a default 128K stack. */
58 #define DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE 0x20000
59
60 #define MINUS_ONE ((bfd_vma) 0 - 1)
61
62 /* Decide whether a reference to a symbol can be resolved locally or
63 not. If the symbol is protected, we want the local address, but
64 its function descriptor must be assigned by the dynamic linker. */
65 #define SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL(INFO, H) \
66 (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (INFO, H) \
67 || ! elf_hash_table (INFO)->dynamic_sections_created)
68 \f
69 #define SH_PARTIAL32 TRUE
70 #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0xffffffff
71 #define SH_ELF_RELOC sh_elf_reloc
72 static reloc_howto_type sh_elf_howto_table[] =
73 {
74 #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
75 };
76
77 #define SH_PARTIAL32 FALSE
78 #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0
79 #define SH_ELF_RELOC bfd_elf_generic_reloc
80 static reloc_howto_type sh_vxworks_howto_table[] =
81 {
82 #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
83 };
84 \f
85 /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is a VxWorks object. */
86
87 static bfd_boolean
88 vxworks_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
89 {
90 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
91 extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec;
92 extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_vxworks_vec;
93
94 return (abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec
95 || abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_vxworks_vec);
96 #else
97 return FALSE;
98 #endif
99 }
100
101 /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is an FDPIC object. */
102
103 static bfd_boolean
104 fdpic_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
105 {
106 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
107 extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec;
108 extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec;
109
110 return (abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec
111 || abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec);
112 #else
113 return FALSE;
114 #endif
115 }
116
117 /* Return the howto table for ABFD. */
118
119 static reloc_howto_type *
120 get_howto_table (bfd *abfd)
121 {
122 if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
123 return sh_vxworks_howto_table;
124 return sh_elf_howto_table;
125 }
126
127 static bfd_reloc_status_type
128 sh_elf_reloc_loop (int r_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd *input_bfd,
129 asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
130 bfd_vma addr, asection *symbol_section,
131 bfd_vma start, bfd_vma end)
132 {
133 static bfd_vma last_addr;
134 static asection *last_symbol_section;
135 bfd_byte *start_ptr, *ptr, *last_ptr;
136 int diff, cum_diff;
137 bfd_signed_vma x;
138 int insn;
139
140 /* Sanity check the address. */
141 if (addr > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
142 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
143
144 /* We require the start and end relocations to be processed consecutively -
145 although we allow then to be processed forwards or backwards. */
146 if (! last_addr)
147 {
148 last_addr = addr;
149 last_symbol_section = symbol_section;
150 return bfd_reloc_ok;
151 }
152 if (last_addr != addr)
153 abort ();
154 last_addr = 0;
155
156 if (! symbol_section || last_symbol_section != symbol_section || end < start)
157 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
158
159 /* Get the symbol_section contents. */
160 if (symbol_section != input_section)
161 {
162 if (elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
163 contents = elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents;
164 else
165 {
166 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (input_bfd, symbol_section,
167 &contents))
168 {
169 if (contents != NULL)
170 free (contents);
171 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
172 }
173 }
174 }
175 #define IS_PPI(PTR) ((bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, (PTR)) & 0xfc00) == 0xf800)
176 start_ptr = contents + start;
177 for (cum_diff = -6, ptr = contents + end; cum_diff < 0 && ptr > start_ptr;)
178 {
179 for (last_ptr = ptr, ptr -= 4; ptr >= start_ptr && IS_PPI (ptr);)
180 ptr -= 2;
181 ptr += 2;
182 diff = (last_ptr - ptr) >> 1;
183 cum_diff += diff & 1;
184 cum_diff += diff;
185 }
186 /* Calculate the start / end values to load into rs / re minus four -
187 so that will cancel out the four we would otherwise have to add to
188 addr to get the value to subtract in order to get relative addressing. */
189 if (cum_diff >= 0)
190 {
191 start -= 4;
192 end = (ptr + cum_diff * 2) - contents;
193 }
194 else
195 {
196 bfd_vma start0 = start - 4;
197
198 while (start0 && IS_PPI (contents + start0))
199 start0 -= 2;
200 start0 = start - 2 - ((start - start0) & 2);
201 start = start0 - cum_diff - 2;
202 end = start0;
203 }
204
205 if (contents != NULL
206 && elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
207 free (contents);
208
209 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + addr);
210
211 x = (insn & 0x200 ? end : start) - addr;
212 if (input_section != symbol_section)
213 x += ((symbol_section->output_section->vma + symbol_section->output_offset)
214 - (input_section->output_section->vma
215 + input_section->output_offset));
216 x >>= 1;
217 if (x < -128 || x > 127)
218 return bfd_reloc_overflow;
219
220 x = (insn & ~0xff) | (x & 0xff);
221 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) x, contents + addr);
222
223 return bfd_reloc_ok;
224 }
225
226 /* This function is used for normal relocs. This used to be like the COFF
227 function, and is almost certainly incorrect for other ELF targets. */
228
229 static bfd_reloc_status_type
230 sh_elf_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol_in,
231 void *data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
232 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
233 {
234 unsigned long insn;
235 bfd_vma sym_value;
236 enum elf_sh_reloc_type r_type;
237 bfd_vma addr = reloc_entry->address;
238 bfd_byte *hit_data = addr + (bfd_byte *) data;
239
240 r_type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) reloc_entry->howto->type;
241
242 if (output_bfd != NULL)
243 {
244 /* Partial linking--do nothing. */
245 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
246 return bfd_reloc_ok;
247 }
248
249 /* Almost all relocs have to do with relaxing. If any work must be
250 done for them, it has been done in sh_relax_section. */
251 if (r_type == R_SH_IND12W && (symbol_in->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0)
252 return bfd_reloc_ok;
253
254 if (symbol_in != NULL
255 && bfd_is_und_section (symbol_in->section))
256 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
257
258 /* PR 17512: file: 9891ca98. */
259 if (addr * bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd) + bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_entry->howto)
260 > bfd_get_section_limit_octets (abfd, input_section))
261 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
262
263 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol_in->section))
264 sym_value = 0;
265 else
266 sym_value = (symbol_in->value +
267 symbol_in->section->output_section->vma +
268 symbol_in->section->output_offset);
269
270 switch (r_type)
271 {
272 case R_SH_DIR32:
273 insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_data);
274 insn += sym_value + reloc_entry->addend;
275 bfd_put_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
276 break;
277 case R_SH_IND12W:
278 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, hit_data);
279 sym_value += reloc_entry->addend;
280 sym_value -= (input_section->output_section->vma
281 + input_section->output_offset
282 + addr
283 + 4);
284 sym_value += (insn & 0xfff) << 1;
285 if (insn & 0x800)
286 sym_value -= 0x1000;
287 insn = (insn & 0xf000) | (sym_value & 0xfff);
288 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
289 if (sym_value < (bfd_vma) -0x1000 || sym_value >= 0x1000)
290 return bfd_reloc_overflow;
291 break;
292 default:
293 abort ();
294 break;
295 }
296
297 return bfd_reloc_ok;
298 }
299
300 /* This function is used for relocs which are only used for relaxing,
301 which the linker should otherwise ignore. */
302
303 static bfd_reloc_status_type
304 sh_elf_ignore_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
305 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
306 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *input_section,
307 bfd *output_bfd,
308 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
309 {
310 if (output_bfd != NULL)
311 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
312 return bfd_reloc_ok;
313 }
314
315 /* This structure is used to map BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs. */
316
317 struct elf_reloc_map
318 {
319 bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_reloc_val;
320 unsigned char elf_reloc_val;
321 };
322
323 /* An array mapping BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs. */
324
325 static const struct elf_reloc_map sh_reloc_map[] =
326 {
327 { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_SH_NONE },
328 { BFD_RELOC_32, R_SH_DIR32 },
329 { BFD_RELOC_16, R_SH_DIR16 },
330 { BFD_RELOC_8, R_SH_DIR8 },
331 { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_SH_DIR32 },
332 { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_SH_REL32 },
333 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPN },
334 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2, R_SH_IND12W },
335 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPZ },
336 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4, R_SH_DIR8WPL },
337 { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_SH_SWITCH8 },
338 { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH16, R_SH_SWITCH16 },
339 { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH32, R_SH_SWITCH32 },
340 { BFD_RELOC_SH_USES, R_SH_USES },
341 { BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT, R_SH_COUNT },
342 { BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN, R_SH_ALIGN },
343 { BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE, R_SH_CODE },
344 { BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA, R_SH_DATA },
345 { BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL, R_SH_LABEL },
346 { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT },
347 { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY },
348 { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_START, R_SH_LOOP_START },
349 { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_END, R_SH_LOOP_END },
350 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_GD_32, R_SH_TLS_GD_32 },
351 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LD_32, R_SH_TLS_LD_32 },
352 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LDO_32, R_SH_TLS_LDO_32 },
353 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_IE_32, R_SH_TLS_IE_32 },
354 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LE_32, R_SH_TLS_LE_32 },
355 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 },
356 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32 },
357 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_TPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 },
358 { BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_SH_GOT32 },
359 { BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_SH_PLT32 },
360 { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY, R_SH_COPY },
361 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT, R_SH_GLOB_DAT },
362 { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT, R_SH_JMP_SLOT },
363 { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE, R_SH_RELATIVE },
364 { BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_SH_GOTOFF },
365 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC, R_SH_GOTPC },
366 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT32, R_SH_GOTPLT32 },
367 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT20, R_SH_GOT20 },
368 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF20, R_SH_GOTOFF20 },
369 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC },
370 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20 },
371 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC },
372 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20 },
373 { BFD_RELOC_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_FUNCDESC },
374 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
375 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_LOW16, R_SH_GOT_LOW16 },
376 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16 },
377 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16 },
378 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_HI16, R_SH_GOT_HI16 },
379 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16 },
380 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16 },
381 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16 },
382 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_HI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16 },
383 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_LOW16, R_SH_PLT_LOW16 },
384 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16 },
385 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16 },
386 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_HI16, R_SH_PLT_HI16 },
387 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16 },
388 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16 },
389 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16 },
390 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_HI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16 },
391 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16 },
392 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16 },
393 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16 },
394 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_HI16, R_SH_GOTPC_HI16 },
395 { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY64, R_SH_COPY64 },
396 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT64, R_SH_GLOB_DAT64 },
397 { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT64, R_SH_JMP_SLOT64 },
398 { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE64, R_SH_RELATIVE64 },
399 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY4, R_SH_GOT10BY4 },
400 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY8, R_SH_GOT10BY8 },
401 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY4, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4 },
402 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY8, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8 },
403 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PT_16, R_SH_PT_16 },
404 { BFD_RELOC_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE, R_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE },
405 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU5, R_SH_DIR5U },
406 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS6, R_SH_DIR6S },
407 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU6, R_SH_DIR6U },
408 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10, R_SH_DIR10S },
409 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY2, R_SH_DIR10SW },
410 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY4, R_SH_DIR10SL },
411 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY8, R_SH_DIR10SQ },
412 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS16, R_SH_IMMS16 },
413 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU16, R_SH_IMMU16 },
414 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16, R_SH_IMM_LOW16 },
415 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL },
416 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16 },
417 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL },
418 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16 },
419 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL },
420 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16, R_SH_IMM_HI16 },
421 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL },
422 { BFD_RELOC_64, R_SH_64 },
423 { BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL, R_SH_64_PCREL },
424 #endif /* not INCLUDE_SHMEDIA */
425 };
426
427 /* Given a BFD reloc code, return the howto structure for the
428 corresponding SH ELF reloc. */
429
430 static reloc_howto_type *
431 sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
432 {
433 unsigned int i;
434
435 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (sh_reloc_map) / sizeof (struct elf_reloc_map); i++)
436 {
437 if (sh_reloc_map[i].bfd_reloc_val == code)
438 return get_howto_table (abfd) + (int) sh_reloc_map[i].elf_reloc_val;
439 }
440
441 return NULL;
442 }
443
444 static reloc_howto_type *
445 sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd, const char *r_name)
446 {
447 unsigned int i;
448
449 if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
450 {
451 for (i = 0;
452 i < (sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table)
453 / sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table[0]));
454 i++)
455 if (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name != NULL
456 && strcasecmp (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
457 return &sh_vxworks_howto_table[i];
458 }
459 else
460 {
461 for (i = 0;
462 i < (sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table)
463 / sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table[0]));
464 i++)
465 if (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL
466 && strcasecmp (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
467 return &sh_elf_howto_table[i];
468 }
469
470 return NULL;
471 }
472
473 /* Given an ELF reloc, fill in the howto field of a relent. */
474
475 static void
476 sh_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
477 {
478 unsigned int r;
479
480 r = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
481
482 if (r >= R_SH_max
483 || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
484 || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
485 || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
486 || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
487 || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5)
488 || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6))
489 {
490 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: unrecognised SH reloc number: %d"),
491 abfd, r);
492 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
493 r = R_SH_NONE;
494 }
495
496 cache_ptr->howto = get_howto_table (abfd) + r;
497 }
498 \f
499 /* This function handles relaxing for SH ELF. See the corresponding
500 function in coff-sh.c for a description of what this does. FIXME:
501 There is a lot of duplication here between this code and the COFF
502 specific code. The format of relocs and symbols is wound deeply
503 into this code, but it would still be better if the duplication
504 could be eliminated somehow. Note in particular that although both
505 functions use symbols like R_SH_CODE, those symbols have different
506 values; in coff-sh.c they come from include/coff/sh.h, whereas here
507 they come from enum elf_sh_reloc_type in include/elf/sh.h. */
508
509 static bfd_boolean
510 sh_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
511 struct bfd_link_info *link_info, bfd_boolean *again)
512 {
513 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
514 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
515 bfd_boolean have_code;
516 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
517 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
518 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
519
520 *again = FALSE;
521
522 if (link_info->relocatable
523 || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
524 || sec->reloc_count == 0)
525 return TRUE;
526
527 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
528 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_flags
529 & (SHF_SH5_ISA32 | SHF_SH5_ISA32_MIXED))
530 {
531 return TRUE;
532 }
533 #endif
534
535 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
536
537 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
538 (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
539 link_info->keep_memory));
540 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
541 goto error_return;
542
543 have_code = FALSE;
544
545 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
546 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
547 {
548 bfd_vma laddr, paddr, symval;
549 unsigned short insn;
550 Elf_Internal_Rela *irelfn, *irelscan, *irelcount;
551 bfd_signed_vma foff;
552
553 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_CODE)
554 have_code = TRUE;
555
556 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_USES)
557 continue;
558
559 /* Get the section contents. */
560 if (contents == NULL)
561 {
562 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
563 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
564 else
565 {
566 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
567 goto error_return;
568 }
569 }
570
571 /* The r_addend field of the R_SH_USES reloc will point us to
572 the register load. The 4 is because the r_addend field is
573 computed as though it were a jump offset, which are based
574 from 4 bytes after the jump instruction. */
575 laddr = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
576 if (laddr >= sec->size)
577 {
578 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES offset"),
579 abfd,
580 (unsigned long) irel->r_offset);
581 continue;
582 }
583 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + laddr);
584
585 /* If the instruction is not mov.l NN,rN, we don't know what to
586 do. */
587 if ((insn & 0xf000) != 0xd000)
588 {
589 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
590 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: R_SH_USES points to unrecognized insn 0x%x"),
591 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset, insn));
592 continue;
593 }
594
595 /* Get the address from which the register is being loaded. The
596 displacement in the mov.l instruction is quadrupled. It is a
597 displacement from four bytes after the movl instruction, but,
598 before adding in the PC address, two least significant bits
599 of the PC are cleared. We assume that the section is aligned
600 on a four byte boundary. */
601 paddr = insn & 0xff;
602 paddr *= 4;
603 paddr += (laddr + 4) &~ (bfd_vma) 3;
604 if (paddr >= sec->size)
605 {
606 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
607 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES load offset"),
608 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
609 continue;
610 }
611
612 /* Get the reloc for the address from which the register is
613 being loaded. This reloc will tell us which function is
614 actually being called. */
615 for (irelfn = internal_relocs; irelfn < irelend; irelfn++)
616 if (irelfn->r_offset == paddr
617 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelfn->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DIR32)
618 break;
619 if (irelfn >= irelend)
620 {
621 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
622 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected reloc"),
623 abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
624 continue;
625 }
626
627 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
628 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
629 {
630 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
631 if (isymbuf == NULL)
632 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
633 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
634 NULL, NULL, NULL);
635 if (isymbuf == NULL)
636 goto error_return;
637 }
638
639 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
640 if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
641 {
642 /* A local symbol. */
643 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
644
645 isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info);
646 if (isym->st_shndx
647 != (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec))
648 {
649 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
650 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: symbol in unexpected section"),
651 abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
652 continue;
653 }
654
655 symval = (isym->st_value
656 + sec->output_section->vma
657 + sec->output_offset);
658 }
659 else
660 {
661 unsigned long indx;
662 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
663
664 indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
665 h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
666 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
667 if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
668 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
669 {
670 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
671 symbol. Just ignore it--it will be caught by the
672 regular reloc processing. */
673 continue;
674 }
675
676 symval = (h->root.u.def.value
677 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
678 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
679 }
680
681 if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
682 symval += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
683 else
684 symval += irelfn->r_addend;
685
686 /* See if this function call can be shortened. */
687 foff = (symval
688 - (irel->r_offset
689 + sec->output_section->vma
690 + sec->output_offset
691 + 4));
692 /* A branch to an address beyond ours might be increased by an
693 .align that doesn't move when bytes behind us are deleted.
694 So, we add some slop in this calculation to allow for
695 that. */
696 if (foff < -0x1000 || foff >= 0x1000 - 8)
697 {
698 /* After all that work, we can't shorten this function call. */
699 continue;
700 }
701
702 /* Shorten the function call. */
703
704 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the section
705 contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol table. We
706 must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
707 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
708 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
709 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
710 the linker is run. */
711
712 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
713 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
714 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
715
716 /* Replace the jmp/jsr with a bra/bsr. */
717
718 /* Change the R_SH_USES reloc into an R_SH_IND12W reloc, and
719 replace the jmp/jsr with a bra/bsr. */
720 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info), R_SH_IND12W);
721 /* We used to test (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
722 here, but that only checks if the symbol is an external symbol,
723 not if the symbol is in a different section. Besides, we need
724 a consistent meaning for the relocation, so we just assume here that
725 the value of the symbol is not available. */
726
727 /* We can't fully resolve this yet, because the external
728 symbol value may be changed by future relaxing. We let
729 the final link phase handle it. */
730 if (bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset) & 0x0020)
731 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xa000, contents + irel->r_offset);
732 else
733 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xb000, contents + irel->r_offset);
734
735 irel->r_addend = -4;
736
737 /* When we calculated the symbol "value" we had an offset in the
738 DIR32's word in memory (we read and add it above). However,
739 the jsr we create does NOT have this offset encoded, so we
740 have to add it to the addend to preserve it. */
741 irel->r_addend += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
742
743 /* See if there is another R_SH_USES reloc referring to the same
744 register load. */
745 for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelend; irelscan++)
746 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_USES
747 && laddr == irelscan->r_offset + 4 + irelscan->r_addend)
748 break;
749 if (irelscan < irelend)
750 {
751 /* Some other function call depends upon this register load,
752 and we have not yet converted that function call.
753 Indeed, we may never be able to convert it. There is
754 nothing else we can do at this point. */
755 continue;
756 }
757
758 /* Look for a R_SH_COUNT reloc on the location where the
759 function address is stored. Do this before deleting any
760 bytes, to avoid confusion about the address. */
761 for (irelcount = internal_relocs; irelcount < irelend; irelcount++)
762 if (irelcount->r_offset == paddr
763 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelcount->r_info) == (int) R_SH_COUNT)
764 break;
765
766 /* Delete the register load. */
767 if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, laddr, 2))
768 goto error_return;
769
770 /* That will change things, so, just in case it permits some
771 other function call to come within range, we should relax
772 again. Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
773 *again = TRUE;
774
775 /* Now check whether we got a COUNT reloc. */
776 if (irelcount >= irelend)
777 {
778 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
779 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected COUNT reloc"),
780 abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
781 continue;
782 }
783
784 /* The number of uses is stored in the r_addend field. We've
785 just deleted one. */
786 if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
787 {
788 ((*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad count"),
789 abfd,
790 (unsigned long) paddr));
791 continue;
792 }
793
794 --irelcount->r_addend;
795
796 /* If there are no more uses, we can delete the address. Reload
797 the address from irelfn, in case it was changed by the
798 previous call to sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes. */
799 if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
800 {
801 if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, irelfn->r_offset, 4))
802 goto error_return;
803 }
804
805 /* We've done all we can with that function call. */
806 }
807
808 /* Look for load and store instructions that we can align on four
809 byte boundaries. */
810 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK) != EF_SH4
811 && have_code)
812 {
813 bfd_boolean swapped;
814
815 /* Get the section contents. */
816 if (contents == NULL)
817 {
818 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
819 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
820 else
821 {
822 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
823 goto error_return;
824 }
825 }
826
827 if (! sh_elf_align_loads (abfd, sec, internal_relocs, contents,
828 &swapped))
829 goto error_return;
830
831 if (swapped)
832 {
833 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
834 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
835 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
836 }
837 }
838
839 if (isymbuf != NULL
840 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
841 {
842 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
843 free (isymbuf);
844 else
845 {
846 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
847 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
848 }
849 }
850
851 if (contents != NULL
852 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
853 {
854 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
855 free (contents);
856 else
857 {
858 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
859 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
860 }
861 }
862
863 if (internal_relocs != NULL
864 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
865 free (internal_relocs);
866
867 return TRUE;
868
869 error_return:
870 if (isymbuf != NULL
871 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
872 free (isymbuf);
873 if (contents != NULL
874 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
875 free (contents);
876 if (internal_relocs != NULL
877 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
878 free (internal_relocs);
879
880 return FALSE;
881 }
882
883 /* Delete some bytes from a section while relaxing. FIXME: There is a
884 lot of duplication between this function and sh_relax_delete_bytes
885 in coff-sh.c. */
886
887 static bfd_boolean
888 sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_vma addr,
889 int count)
890 {
891 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
892 unsigned int sec_shndx;
893 bfd_byte *contents;
894 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
895 Elf_Internal_Rela *irelalign;
896 bfd_vma toaddr;
897 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf, *isym, *isymend;
898 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
899 struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
900 unsigned int symcount;
901 asection *o;
902
903 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
904 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
905
906 sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
907
908 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
909
910 /* The deletion must stop at the next ALIGN reloc for an aligment
911 power larger than the number of bytes we are deleting. */
912
913 irelalign = NULL;
914 toaddr = sec->size;
915
916 irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
917 irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
918 for (; irel < irelend; irel++)
919 {
920 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
921 && irel->r_offset > addr
922 && count < (1 << irel->r_addend))
923 {
924 irelalign = irel;
925 toaddr = irel->r_offset;
926 break;
927 }
928 }
929
930 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
931 memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
932 (size_t) (toaddr - addr - count));
933 if (irelalign == NULL)
934 sec->size -= count;
935 else
936 {
937 int i;
938
939 #define NOP_OPCODE (0x0009)
940
941 BFD_ASSERT ((count & 1) == 0);
942 for (i = 0; i < count; i += 2)
943 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) NOP_OPCODE, contents + toaddr - count + i);
944 }
945
946 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
947 for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
948 {
949 bfd_vma nraddr, stop;
950 bfd_vma start = 0;
951 int insn = 0;
952 int off, adjust, oinsn;
953 bfd_signed_vma voff = 0;
954 bfd_boolean overflow;
955
956 /* Get the new reloc address. */
957 nraddr = irel->r_offset;
958 if ((irel->r_offset > addr
959 && irel->r_offset < toaddr)
960 || (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
961 && irel->r_offset == toaddr))
962 nraddr -= count;
963
964 /* See if this reloc was for the bytes we have deleted, in which
965 case we no longer care about it. Don't delete relocs which
966 represent addresses, though. */
967 if (irel->r_offset >= addr
968 && irel->r_offset < addr + count
969 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_ALIGN
970 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE
971 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DATA
972 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_LABEL)
973 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
974 (int) R_SH_NONE);
975
976 /* If this is a PC relative reloc, see if the range it covers
977 includes the bytes we have deleted. */
978 switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
979 {
980 default:
981 break;
982
983 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
984 case R_SH_IND12W:
985 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
986 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
987 start = irel->r_offset;
988 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
989 break;
990 }
991
992 switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
993 {
994 default:
995 start = stop = addr;
996 break;
997
998 case R_SH_DIR32:
999 /* If this reloc is against a symbol defined in this
1000 section, and the symbol will not be adjusted below, we
1001 must check the addend to see it will put the value in
1002 range to be adjusted, and hence must be changed. */
1003 if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
1004 {
1005 isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
1006 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1007 && (isym->st_value <= addr
1008 || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
1009 {
1010 bfd_vma val;
1011
1012 if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
1013 {
1014 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1015 val += isym->st_value;
1016 if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1017 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count, contents + nraddr);
1018 }
1019 else
1020 {
1021 val = isym->st_value + irel->r_addend;
1022 if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1023 irel->r_addend -= count;
1024 }
1025 }
1026 }
1027 start = stop = addr;
1028 break;
1029
1030 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1031 off = insn & 0xff;
1032 if (off & 0x80)
1033 off -= 0x100;
1034 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
1035 break;
1036
1037 case R_SH_IND12W:
1038 off = insn & 0xfff;
1039 if (! off)
1040 {
1041 /* This has been made by previous relaxation. Since the
1042 relocation will be against an external symbol, the
1043 final relocation will just do the right thing. */
1044 start = stop = addr;
1045 }
1046 else
1047 {
1048 if (off & 0x800)
1049 off -= 0x1000;
1050 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
1051
1052 /* The addend will be against the section symbol, thus
1053 for adjusting the addend, the relevant start is the
1054 start of the section.
1055 N.B. If we want to abandon in-place changes here and
1056 test directly using symbol + addend, we have to take into
1057 account that the addend has already been adjusted by -4. */
1058 if (stop > addr && stop < toaddr)
1059 irel->r_addend -= count;
1060 }
1061 break;
1062
1063 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1064 off = insn & 0xff;
1065 stop = start + 4 + off * 2;
1066 break;
1067
1068 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1069 off = insn & 0xff;
1070 stop = (start & ~(bfd_vma) 3) + 4 + off * 4;
1071 break;
1072
1073 case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1074 case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1075 case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1076 /* These relocs types represent
1077 .word L2-L1
1078 The r_addend field holds the difference between the reloc
1079 address and L1. That is the start of the reloc, and
1080 adding in the contents gives us the top. We must adjust
1081 both the r_offset field and the section contents.
1082 N.B. in gas / coff bfd, the elf bfd r_addend is called r_offset,
1083 and the elf bfd r_offset is called r_vaddr. */
1084
1085 stop = irel->r_offset;
1086 start = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irel->r_addend);
1087
1088 if (start > addr
1089 && start < toaddr
1090 && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1091 irel->r_addend += count;
1092 else if (stop > addr
1093 && stop < toaddr
1094 && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1095 irel->r_addend -= count;
1096
1097 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH16)
1098 voff = bfd_get_signed_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1099 else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH8)
1100 voff = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1101 else
1102 voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1103 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1104
1105 break;
1106
1107 case R_SH_USES:
1108 start = irel->r_offset;
1109 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start
1110 + (long) irel->r_addend
1111 + 4);
1112 break;
1113 }
1114
1115 if (start > addr
1116 && start < toaddr
1117 && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1118 adjust = count;
1119 else if (stop > addr
1120 && stop < toaddr
1121 && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1122 adjust = - count;
1123 else
1124 adjust = 0;
1125
1126 if (adjust != 0)
1127 {
1128 oinsn = insn;
1129 overflow = FALSE;
1130 switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
1131 {
1132 default:
1133 abort ();
1134 break;
1135
1136 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1137 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1138 insn += adjust / 2;
1139 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1140 overflow = TRUE;
1141 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1142 break;
1143
1144 case R_SH_IND12W:
1145 insn += adjust / 2;
1146 if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1147 overflow = TRUE;
1148 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1149 break;
1150
1151 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1152 BFD_ASSERT (adjust == count || count >= 4);
1153 if (count >= 4)
1154 insn += adjust / 4;
1155 else
1156 {
1157 if ((irel->r_offset & 3) == 0)
1158 ++insn;
1159 }
1160 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1161 overflow = TRUE;
1162 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1163 break;
1164
1165 case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1166 voff += adjust;
1167 if (voff < 0 || voff >= 0xff)
1168 overflow = TRUE;
1169 bfd_put_8 (abfd, voff, contents + nraddr);
1170 break;
1171
1172 case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1173 voff += adjust;
1174 if (voff < - 0x8000 || voff >= 0x8000)
1175 overflow = TRUE;
1176 bfd_put_signed_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1177 break;
1178
1179 case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1180 voff += adjust;
1181 bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1182 break;
1183
1184 case R_SH_USES:
1185 irel->r_addend += adjust;
1186 break;
1187 }
1188
1189 if (overflow)
1190 {
1191 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1192 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1193 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
1194 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1195 return FALSE;
1196 }
1197 }
1198
1199 irel->r_offset = nraddr;
1200 }
1201
1202 /* Look through all the other sections. If there contain any IMM32
1203 relocs against internal symbols which we are not going to adjust
1204 below, we may need to adjust the addends. */
1205 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
1206 {
1207 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
1208 Elf_Internal_Rela *irelscan, *irelscanend;
1209 bfd_byte *ocontents;
1210
1211 if (o == sec
1212 || (o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
1213 || o->reloc_count == 0)
1214 continue;
1215
1216 /* We always cache the relocs. Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is
1217 FALSE, we should free them, if we are permitted to, when we
1218 leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1219 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
1220 (abfd, o, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, TRUE));
1221 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
1222 return FALSE;
1223
1224 ocontents = NULL;
1225 irelscanend = internal_relocs + o->reloc_count;
1226 for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelscanend; irelscan++)
1227 {
1228 /* Dwarf line numbers use R_SH_SWITCH32 relocs. */
1229 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH32)
1230 {
1231 bfd_vma start, stop;
1232 bfd_signed_vma voff;
1233
1234 if (ocontents == NULL)
1235 {
1236 if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1237 ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1238 else
1239 {
1240 /* We always cache the section contents.
1241 Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1242 should free them, if we are permitted to,
1243 when we leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1244 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1245 {
1246 if (ocontents != NULL)
1247 free (ocontents);
1248 return FALSE;
1249 }
1250
1251 elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1252 }
1253 }
1254
1255 stop = irelscan->r_offset;
1256 start
1257 = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irelscan->r_addend);
1258
1259 /* STOP is in a different section, so it won't change. */
1260 if (start > addr && start < toaddr)
1261 irelscan->r_addend += count;
1262
1263 voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1264 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1265
1266 if (start > addr
1267 && start < toaddr
1268 && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1269 bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff + count,
1270 ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1271 else if (stop > addr
1272 && stop < toaddr
1273 && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1274 bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff - count,
1275 ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1276 }
1277
1278 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DIR32)
1279 continue;
1280
1281 if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info) >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
1282 continue;
1283
1284
1285 isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info);
1286 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1287 && (isym->st_value <= addr
1288 || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
1289 {
1290 bfd_vma val;
1291
1292 if (ocontents == NULL)
1293 {
1294 if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1295 ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1296 else
1297 {
1298 /* We always cache the section contents.
1299 Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1300 should free them, if we are permitted to,
1301 when we leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1302 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1303 {
1304 if (ocontents != NULL)
1305 free (ocontents);
1306 return FALSE;
1307 }
1308
1309 elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1310 }
1311 }
1312
1313 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1314 val += isym->st_value;
1315 if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1316 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count,
1317 ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1318 }
1319 }
1320 }
1321
1322 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
1323 isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
1324 for (isym = isymbuf; isym < isymend; isym++)
1325 {
1326 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1327 && isym->st_value > addr
1328 && isym->st_value < toaddr)
1329 isym->st_value -= count;
1330 }
1331
1332 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
1333 symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
1334 - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
1335 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
1336 end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
1337 for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
1338 {
1339 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
1340 if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1341 || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1342 && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec
1343 && sym_hash->root.u.def.value > addr
1344 && sym_hash->root.u.def.value < toaddr)
1345 {
1346 sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
1347 }
1348 }
1349
1350 /* See if we can move the ALIGN reloc forward. We have adjusted
1351 r_offset for it already. */
1352 if (irelalign != NULL)
1353 {
1354 bfd_vma alignto, alignaddr;
1355
1356 alignto = BFD_ALIGN (toaddr, 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1357 alignaddr = BFD_ALIGN (irelalign->r_offset,
1358 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1359 if (alignto != alignaddr)
1360 {
1361 /* Tail recursion. */
1362 return sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, alignaddr,
1363 (int) (alignto - alignaddr));
1364 }
1365 }
1366
1367 return TRUE;
1368 }
1369
1370 /* Look for loads and stores which we can align to four byte
1371 boundaries. This is like sh_align_loads in coff-sh.c. */
1372
1373 static bfd_boolean
1374 sh_elf_align_loads (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec,
1375 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
1376 bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1377 bfd_boolean *pswapped)
1378 {
1379 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1380 bfd_vma *labels = NULL;
1381 bfd_vma *label, *label_end;
1382 bfd_size_type amt;
1383
1384 *pswapped = FALSE;
1385
1386 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1387
1388 /* Get all the addresses with labels on them. */
1389 amt = sec->reloc_count;
1390 amt *= sizeof (bfd_vma);
1391 labels = (bfd_vma *) bfd_malloc (amt);
1392 if (labels == NULL)
1393 goto error_return;
1394 label_end = labels;
1395 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1396 {
1397 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_LABEL)
1398 {
1399 *label_end = irel->r_offset;
1400 ++label_end;
1401 }
1402 }
1403
1404 /* Note that the assembler currently always outputs relocs in
1405 address order. If that ever changes, this code will need to sort
1406 the label values and the relocs. */
1407
1408 label = labels;
1409
1410 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1411 {
1412 bfd_vma start, stop;
1413
1414 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE)
1415 continue;
1416
1417 start = irel->r_offset;
1418
1419 for (irel++; irel < irelend; irel++)
1420 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DATA)
1421 break;
1422 if (irel < irelend)
1423 stop = irel->r_offset;
1424 else
1425 stop = sec->size;
1426
1427 if (! _bfd_sh_align_load_span (abfd, sec, contents, sh_elf_swap_insns,
1428 internal_relocs, &label,
1429 label_end, start, stop, pswapped))
1430 goto error_return;
1431 }
1432
1433 free (labels);
1434
1435 return TRUE;
1436
1437 error_return:
1438 if (labels != NULL)
1439 free (labels);
1440 return FALSE;
1441 }
1442
1443 #ifndef SH64_ELF
1444 /* Swap two SH instructions. This is like sh_swap_insns in coff-sh.c. */
1445
1446 static bfd_boolean
1447 sh_elf_swap_insns (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *relocs,
1448 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma addr)
1449 {
1450 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) relocs;
1451 unsigned short i1, i2;
1452 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1453
1454 /* Swap the instructions themselves. */
1455 i1 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr);
1456 i2 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr + 2);
1457 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i2, contents + addr);
1458 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i1, contents + addr + 2);
1459
1460 /* Adjust all reloc addresses. */
1461 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1462 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1463 {
1464 enum elf_sh_reloc_type type;
1465 int add;
1466
1467 /* There are a few special types of relocs that we don't want to
1468 adjust. These relocs do not apply to the instruction itself,
1469 but are only associated with the address. */
1470 type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
1471 if (type == R_SH_ALIGN
1472 || type == R_SH_CODE
1473 || type == R_SH_DATA
1474 || type == R_SH_LABEL)
1475 continue;
1476
1477 /* If an R_SH_USES reloc points to one of the addresses being
1478 swapped, we must adjust it. It would be incorrect to do this
1479 for a jump, though, since we want to execute both
1480 instructions after the jump. (We have avoided swapping
1481 around a label, so the jump will not wind up executing an
1482 instruction it shouldn't). */
1483 if (type == R_SH_USES)
1484 {
1485 bfd_vma off;
1486
1487 off = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
1488 if (off == addr)
1489 irel->r_offset += 2;
1490 else if (off == addr + 2)
1491 irel->r_offset -= 2;
1492 }
1493
1494 if (irel->r_offset == addr)
1495 {
1496 irel->r_offset += 2;
1497 add = -2;
1498 }
1499 else if (irel->r_offset == addr + 2)
1500 {
1501 irel->r_offset -= 2;
1502 add = 2;
1503 }
1504 else
1505 add = 0;
1506
1507 if (add != 0)
1508 {
1509 bfd_byte *loc;
1510 unsigned short insn, oinsn;
1511 bfd_boolean overflow;
1512
1513 loc = contents + irel->r_offset;
1514 overflow = FALSE;
1515 switch (type)
1516 {
1517 default:
1518 break;
1519
1520 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1521 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1522 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1523 oinsn = insn;
1524 insn += add / 2;
1525 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1526 overflow = TRUE;
1527 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1528 break;
1529
1530 case R_SH_IND12W:
1531 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1532 oinsn = insn;
1533 insn += add / 2;
1534 if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1535 overflow = TRUE;
1536 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1537 break;
1538
1539 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1540 /* This reloc ignores the least significant 3 bits of
1541 the program counter before adding in the offset.
1542 This means that if ADDR is at an even address, the
1543 swap will not affect the offset. If ADDR is an at an
1544 odd address, then the instruction will be crossing a
1545 four byte boundary, and must be adjusted. */
1546 if ((addr & 3) != 0)
1547 {
1548 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1549 oinsn = insn;
1550 insn += add / 2;
1551 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1552 overflow = TRUE;
1553 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1554 }
1555
1556 break;
1557 }
1558
1559 if (overflow)
1560 {
1561 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1562 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1563 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
1564 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1565 return FALSE;
1566 }
1567 }
1568 }
1569
1570 return TRUE;
1571 }
1572 #endif /* defined SH64_ELF */
1573 \f
1574 /* Describes one of the various PLT styles. */
1575
1576 struct elf_sh_plt_info
1577 {
1578 /* The template for the first PLT entry, or NULL if there is no special
1579 first entry. */
1580 const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
1581
1582 /* The size of PLT0_ENTRY in bytes, or 0 if PLT0_ENTRY is NULL. */
1583 bfd_vma plt0_entry_size;
1584
1585 /* Index I is the offset into PLT0_ENTRY of a pointer to
1586 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + I * 4. The value is MINUS_ONE
1587 if there is no such pointer. */
1588 bfd_vma plt0_got_fields[3];
1589
1590 /* The template for a symbol's PLT entry. */
1591 const bfd_byte *symbol_entry;
1592
1593 /* The size of SYMBOL_ENTRY in bytes. */
1594 bfd_vma symbol_entry_size;
1595
1596 /* Byte offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY. Not all fields are used
1597 on all targets. The comments by each member indicate the value
1598 that the field must hold. */
1599 struct {
1600 bfd_vma got_entry; /* the address of the symbol's .got.plt entry */
1601 bfd_vma plt; /* .plt (or a branch to .plt on VxWorks) */
1602 bfd_vma reloc_offset; /* the offset of the symbol's JMP_SLOT reloc */
1603 bfd_boolean got20; /* TRUE if got_entry points to a movi20
1604 instruction (instead of a constant pool
1605 entry). */
1606 } symbol_fields;
1607
1608 /* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY. */
1609 bfd_vma symbol_resolve_offset;
1610
1611 /* A different PLT layout which can be used for the first
1612 MAX_SHORT_PLT entries. It must share the same plt0. NULL in
1613 other cases. */
1614 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *short_plt;
1615 };
1616
1617 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
1618
1619 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
1620
1621 #define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 64
1622
1623 /* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this. */
1624
1625 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1626 {
1627 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
1628 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
1629 0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1630 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1631 0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1632 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1633 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1634 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1635 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1636 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1637 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1638 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1639 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1640 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1641 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1642 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1643 };
1644
1645 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1646 {
1647 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
1648 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
1649 0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1650 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1651 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1652 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1653 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1654 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1655 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1656 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1657 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1658 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1659 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1660 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1661 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1662 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1663 };
1664
1665 /* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
1666 this. */
1667
1668 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1669 {
1670 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
1671 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
1672 0x89, 0x90, 0x01, 0x90, /* ld.l r25, 0, r25 */
1673 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1674 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1675 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1676 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1677 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1678 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
1679 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
1680 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1681 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1682 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1683 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1684 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1685 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1686 };
1687
1688 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1689 {
1690 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
1691 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
1692 0x90, 0x01, 0x90, 0x89, /* ld.l r25, 0, r25 */
1693 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1694 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1695 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1696 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1697 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1698 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
1699 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
1700 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1701 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1702 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1703 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1704 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1705 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1706 };
1707
1708 /* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. */
1709
1710 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1711 {
1712 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
1713 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
1714 0x40, 0xc2, 0x65, 0x90, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
1715 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1716 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1717 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1718 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1719 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1720 0xce, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
1721 0x00, 0xc8, 0x45, 0x10, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
1722 0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1723 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1724 0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1725 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1726 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1727 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1728 };
1729
1730 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1731 {
1732 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
1733 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
1734 0x90, 0x65, 0xc2, 0x40, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
1735 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1736 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1737 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1738 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1739 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1740 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xce, /* movi -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
1741 0x10, 0x45, 0xc8, 0x00, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
1742 0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1743 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1744 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1745 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1746 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1747 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1748 };
1749
1750 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1751 {
1752 {
1753 /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
1754 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1755 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1756 { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1757 elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
1758 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1759 { 0, 32, 48, FALSE },
1760 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1761 NULL
1762 },
1763 {
1764 /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
1765 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1766 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1767 { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1768 elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
1769 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1770 { 0, 32, 48, FALSE },
1771 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1772 NULL
1773 },
1774 },
1775 {
1776 {
1777 /* Big-endian PIC. */
1778 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1779 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1780 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1781 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1782 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1783 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE },
1784 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1785 NULL
1786 },
1787 {
1788 /* Little-endian PIC. */
1789 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1790 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1791 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1792 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1793 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1794 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE },
1795 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1796 NULL
1797 },
1798 }
1799 };
1800
1801 /* Return offset of the linker in PLT0 entry. */
1802 #define elf_sh_plt0_gotplt_offset(info) 0
1803
1804 /* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
1805 VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
1806 not data.
1807
1808 On SH64, each 32-bit field is loaded by a movi/shori pair. */
1809
1810 inline static void
1811 install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p,
1812 unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
1813 {
1814 value |= code_p;
1815 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
1816 bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr)
1817 | ((value >> 6) & 0x3fffc00),
1818 addr);
1819 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
1820 bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr + 4)
1821 | ((value << 10) & 0x3fffc00),
1822 addr + 4);
1823 }
1824
1825 /* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD. PIC_P is true if
1826 the object is position-independent. */
1827
1828 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
1829 get_plt_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd_boolean pic_p)
1830 {
1831 return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
1832 }
1833 #else
1834 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
1835
1836 #define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
1837
1838 /* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this. */
1839
1840 /* Note - this code has been "optimised" not to use r2. r2 is used by
1841 GCC to return the address of large structures, so it should not be
1842 corrupted here. This does mean however, that this PLT does not conform
1843 to the SH PIC ABI. That spec says that r0 contains the type of the PLT
1844 and r2 contains the GOT id. This version stores the GOT id in r0 and
1845 ignores the type. Loaders can easily detect this difference however,
1846 since the type will always be 0 or 8, and the GOT ids will always be
1847 greater than or equal to 12. */
1848 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1849 {
1850 0xd0, 0x05, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1851 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1852 0x2f, 0x06, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1853 0xd0, 0x03, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1854 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1855 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1856 0x60, 0xf6, /* mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1857 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1858 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1859 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1860 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8. */
1861 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4. */
1862 };
1863
1864 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1865 {
1866 0x05, 0xd0, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1867 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1868 0x06, 0x2f, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1869 0x03, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1870 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1871 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1872 0xf6, 0x60, /* mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1873 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1874 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1875 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1876 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8. */
1877 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4. */
1878 };
1879
1880 /* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
1881 this. */
1882
1883 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1884 {
1885 0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1886 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1887 0xd1, 0x02, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1888 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1889 0x60, 0x13, /* mov r1,r0 */
1890 0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1891 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1892 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1893 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0. */
1894 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1895 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1896 };
1897
1898 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1899 {
1900 0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1901 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1902 0x02, 0xd1, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1903 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1904 0x13, 0x60, /* mov r1,r0 */
1905 0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1906 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1907 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1908 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0. */
1909 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1910 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1911 };
1912
1913 /* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. */
1914
1915 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1916 {
1917 0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1918 0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1919 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1920 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1921 0x50, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1922 0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1923 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1924 0x50, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1925 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1926 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1927 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1928 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1929 };
1930
1931 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1932 {
1933 0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1934 0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1935 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1936 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1937 0xc2, 0x50, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1938 0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1939 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1940 0xc1, 0x50, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1941 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1942 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1943 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1944 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1945 };
1946
1947 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1948 {
1949 {
1950 /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
1951 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1952 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1953 { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1954 elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
1955 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1956 { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
1957 8,
1958 NULL
1959 },
1960 {
1961 /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
1962 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1963 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1964 { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1965 elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
1966 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1967 { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
1968 8,
1969 NULL
1970 },
1971 },
1972 {
1973 {
1974 /* Big-endian PIC. */
1975 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1976 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1977 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1978 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1979 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1980 { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
1981 8,
1982 NULL
1983 },
1984 {
1985 /* Little-endian PIC. */
1986 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1987 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1988 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1989 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1990 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1991 { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
1992 8,
1993 NULL
1994 },
1995 }
1996 };
1997
1998 #define VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE 12
1999 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
2000
2001 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
2002 {
2003 0xd1, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
2004 0x61, 0x12, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
2005 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2006 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2007 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8. */
2008 };
2009
2010 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
2011 {
2012 0x01, 0xd1, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
2013 0x12, 0x61, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
2014 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2015 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2016 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8. */
2017 };
2018
2019 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2020 {
2021 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2022 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
2023 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2024 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2025 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
2026 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2027 0xa0, 0x00, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.) */
2028 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2029 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2030 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2031 };
2032
2033 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2034 {
2035 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2036 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
2037 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2038 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2039 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
2040 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2041 0x00, 0xa0, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.) */
2042 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2043 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2044 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2045 };
2046
2047 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2048 {
2049 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2050 0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
2051 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2052 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2053 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */
2054 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2055 0x51, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
2056 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2057 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2058 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2059 };
2060
2061 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2062 {
2063 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2064 0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
2065 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2066 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2067 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */
2068 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2069 0xc2, 0x51, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
2070 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2071 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2072 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2073 };
2074
2075 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info vxworks_sh_plts[2][2] = {
2076 {
2077 {
2078 /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
2079 vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be,
2080 VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
2081 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
2082 vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be,
2083 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2084 { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
2085 12,
2086 NULL
2087 },
2088 {
2089 /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
2090 vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le,
2091 VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
2092 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
2093 vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le,
2094 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2095 { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
2096 12,
2097 NULL
2098 },
2099 },
2100 {
2101 {
2102 /* Big-endian PIC. */
2103 NULL,
2104 0,
2105 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2106 vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
2107 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2108 { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
2109 12,
2110 NULL
2111 },
2112 {
2113 /* Little-endian PIC. */
2114 NULL,
2115 0,
2116 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2117 vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
2118 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2119 { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
2120 12,
2121 NULL
2122 },
2123 }
2124 };
2125
2126 /* FDPIC PLT entries. Two unimplemented optimizations for lazy
2127 binding are to omit the lazy binding stub when linking with -z now
2128 and to move lazy binding stubs into a separate region for better
2129 cache behavior. */
2130
2131 #define FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
2132 #define FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 20
2133
2134 /* FIXME: The lazy binding stub requires a plt0 - which may need to be
2135 duplicated if it is out of range, or which can be inlined. So
2136 right now it is always inlined, which wastes a word per stub. It
2137 might be easier to handle the duplication if we put the lazy
2138 stubs separately. */
2139
2140 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2141 {
2142 0xd0, 0x02, /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
2143 0x01, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2144 0x70, 0x04, /* add #4, r0 */
2145 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2146 0x0c, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2147 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2148 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
2149 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2150 0x60, 0xc2, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2151 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2152 0x53, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2153 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2154 };
2155
2156 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2157 {
2158 0x02, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
2159 0xce, 0x01, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2160 0x04, 0x70, /* add #4, r0 */
2161 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2162 0xce, 0x0c, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2163 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2164 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
2165 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2166 0xc2, 0x60, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2167 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2168 0xc1, 0x53, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2169 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2170 };
2171
2172 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh_plts[2] = {
2173 {
2174 /* Big-endian PIC. */
2175 NULL,
2176 0,
2177 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2178 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
2179 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2180 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2181 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2182 NULL
2183 },
2184 {
2185 /* Little-endian PIC. */
2186 NULL,
2187 0,
2188 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2189 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
2190 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2191 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2192 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2193 NULL
2194 },
2195 };
2196
2197 /* On SH2A, we can use the movi20 instruction to generate shorter PLT
2198 entries for the first 64K slots. We use the normal FDPIC PLT entry
2199 past that point; we could also use movi20s, which might be faster,
2200 but would not be any smaller. */
2201
2202 #define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
2203 #define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 16
2204
2205 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2206 {
2207 0, 0, 0, 0, /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
2208 0x01, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2209 0x70, 0x04, /* add #4, r0 */
2210 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2211 0x0c, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2212 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2213 0x60, 0xc2, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2214 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2215 0x53, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2216 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2217 };
2218
2219 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2220 {
2221 0, 0, 0, 0, /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
2222 0xce, 0x01, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2223 0x04, 0x70, /* add #4, r0 */
2224 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2225 0xce, 0x0c, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2226 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2227 0xc2, 0x60, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2228 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2229 0xc1, 0x53, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2230 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2231 };
2232
2233 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be = {
2234 /* Big-endian FDPIC, max index 64K. */
2235 NULL,
2236 0,
2237 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2238 fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be,
2239 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2240 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
2241 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2242 NULL
2243 };
2244
2245 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le = {
2246 /* Little-endian FDPIC, max index 64K. */
2247 NULL,
2248 0,
2249 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2250 fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le,
2251 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2252 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
2253 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2254 NULL
2255 };
2256
2257 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_plts[2] = {
2258 {
2259 /* Big-endian PIC. */
2260 NULL,
2261 0,
2262 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2263 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
2264 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2265 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2266 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2267 &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be
2268 },
2269 {
2270 /* Little-endian PIC. */
2271 NULL,
2272 0,
2273 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2274 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
2275 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2276 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2277 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2278 &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le
2279 },
2280 };
2281
2282 /* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD. PIC_P is true if
2283 the object is position-independent. */
2284
2285 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
2286 get_plt_info (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean pic_p)
2287 {
2288 if (fdpic_object_p (abfd))
2289 {
2290 /* If any input file requires SH2A we can use a shorter PLT
2291 sequence. */
2292 if (sh_get_arch_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (abfd)) & arch_sh2a_base)
2293 return &fdpic_sh2a_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2294 else
2295 return &fdpic_sh_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2296 }
2297 if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
2298 return &vxworks_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2299 return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2300 }
2301
2302 /* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
2303 VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
2304 not data. */
2305
2306 inline static void
2307 install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2308 unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
2309 {
2310 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, addr);
2311 }
2312 #endif
2313
2314 /* The number of PLT entries which can use a shorter PLT, if any.
2315 Currently always 64K, since only SH-2A FDPIC uses this; a
2316 20-bit movi20 can address that many function descriptors below
2317 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
2318 #define MAX_SHORT_PLT 65536
2319
2320 /* Return the index of the PLT entry at byte offset OFFSET. */
2321
2322 static bfd_vma
2323 get_plt_index (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma offset)
2324 {
2325 bfd_vma plt_index = 0;
2326
2327 offset -= info->plt0_entry_size;
2328 if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2329 {
2330 if (offset > MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size)
2331 {
2332 plt_index = MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2333 offset -= MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2334 }
2335 else
2336 info = info->short_plt;
2337 }
2338 return plt_index + offset / info->symbol_entry_size;
2339 }
2340
2341 /* Do the inverse operation. */
2342
2343 static bfd_vma
2344 get_plt_offset (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma plt_index)
2345 {
2346 bfd_vma offset = 0;
2347
2348 if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2349 {
2350 if (plt_index > MAX_SHORT_PLT)
2351 {
2352 offset = MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2353 plt_index -= MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2354 }
2355 else
2356 info = info->short_plt;
2357 }
2358 return (offset + info->plt0_entry_size
2359 + (plt_index * info->symbol_entry_size));
2360 }
2361
2362 /* The sh linker needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it
2363 decides to copy as dynamic relocs in check_relocs for each symbol.
2364 This is so that it can later discard them if they are found to be
2365 unnecessary. We store the information in a field extending the
2366 regular ELF linker hash table. */
2367
2368 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs
2369 {
2370 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *next;
2371
2372 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2373 asection *sec;
2374
2375 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2376 bfd_size_type count;
2377
2378 /* Number of pc-relative relocs copied for the input section. */
2379 bfd_size_type pc_count;
2380 };
2381
2382 union gotref
2383 {
2384 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2385 bfd_vma offset;
2386 };
2387
2388 /* sh ELF linker hash entry. */
2389
2390 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry
2391 {
2392 struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
2393
2394 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
2395 union
2396 {
2397 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2398 bfd_vma offset;
2399 } datalabel_got;
2400 #endif
2401
2402 /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */
2403 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
2404
2405 bfd_signed_vma gotplt_refcount;
2406
2407 /* A local function descriptor, for FDPIC. The refcount counts
2408 R_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, and R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
2409 relocations; the PLT and GOT entry are accounted
2410 for separately. After adjust_dynamic_symbol, the offset is
2411 MINUS_ONE if there is no local descriptor (dynamic linker
2412 managed and no PLT entry, or undefined weak non-dynamic).
2413 During check_relocs we do not yet know whether the local
2414 descriptor will be canonical. */
2415 union gotref funcdesc;
2416
2417 /* How many of the above refcounted relocations were R_SH_FUNCDESC,
2418 and thus require fixups or relocations. */
2419 bfd_signed_vma abs_funcdesc_refcount;
2420
2421 enum got_type {
2422 GOT_UNKNOWN = 0, GOT_NORMAL, GOT_TLS_GD, GOT_TLS_IE, GOT_FUNCDESC
2423 } got_type;
2424 };
2425
2426 #define sh_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
2427
2428 struct sh_elf_obj_tdata
2429 {
2430 struct elf_obj_tdata root;
2431
2432 /* got_type for each local got entry. */
2433 char *local_got_type;
2434
2435 /* Function descriptor refcount and offset for each local symbol. */
2436 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
2437 };
2438
2439 #define sh_elf_tdata(abfd) \
2440 ((struct sh_elf_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
2441
2442 #define sh_elf_local_got_type(abfd) \
2443 (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_got_type)
2444
2445 #define sh_elf_local_funcdesc(abfd) \
2446 (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_funcdesc)
2447
2448 #define is_sh_elf(bfd) \
2449 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
2450 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
2451 && elf_object_id (bfd) == SH_ELF_DATA)
2452
2453 /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
2454 as the specific tdata. */
2455
2456 static bfd_boolean
2457 sh_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
2458 {
2459 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct sh_elf_obj_tdata),
2460 SH_ELF_DATA);
2461 }
2462
2463 /* sh ELF linker hash table. */
2464
2465 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table
2466 {
2467 struct elf_link_hash_table root;
2468
2469 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2470 asection *sgot;
2471 asection *sgotplt;
2472 asection *srelgot;
2473 asection *splt;
2474 asection *srelplt;
2475 asection *sdynbss;
2476 asection *srelbss;
2477 asection *sfuncdesc;
2478 asection *srelfuncdesc;
2479 asection *srofixup;
2480
2481 /* The (unloaded but important) VxWorks .rela.plt.unloaded section. */
2482 asection *srelplt2;
2483
2484 /* Small local sym cache. */
2485 struct sym_cache sym_cache;
2486
2487 /* A counter or offset to track a TLS got entry. */
2488 union
2489 {
2490 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2491 bfd_vma offset;
2492 } tls_ldm_got;
2493
2494 /* The type of PLT to use. */
2495 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
2496
2497 /* True if the target system is VxWorks. */
2498 bfd_boolean vxworks_p;
2499
2500 /* True if the target system uses FDPIC. */
2501 bfd_boolean fdpic_p;
2502 };
2503
2504 /* Traverse an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2505
2506 #define sh_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
2507 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
2508 (&(table)->root, \
2509 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
2510 (info)))
2511
2512 /* Get the sh ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2513
2514 #define sh_elf_hash_table(p) \
2515 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2516 == SH_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2517
2518 /* Create an entry in an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2519
2520 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
2521 sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
2522 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
2523 const char *string)
2524 {
2525 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *ret =
2526 (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) entry;
2527
2528 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2529 subclass. */
2530 if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2531 ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2532 bfd_hash_allocate (table,
2533 sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry)));
2534 if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2535 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2536
2537 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2538 ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2539 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
2540 table, string));
2541 if (ret != (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2542 {
2543 ret->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2544 ret->gotplt_refcount = 0;
2545 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
2546 ret->datalabel_got.refcount = ret->root.got.refcount;
2547 #endif
2548 ret->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
2549 ret->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
2550 ret->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
2551 }
2552
2553 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2554 }
2555
2556 /* Create an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2557
2558 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
2559 sh_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
2560 {
2561 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *ret;
2562 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table);
2563
2564 ret = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) bfd_zmalloc (amt);
2565 if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) NULL)
2566 return NULL;
2567
2568 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
2569 sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
2570 sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry),
2571 SH_ELF_DATA))
2572 {
2573 free (ret);
2574 return NULL;
2575 }
2576
2577 ret->vxworks_p = vxworks_object_p (abfd);
2578 ret->fdpic_p = fdpic_object_p (abfd);
2579
2580 return &ret->root.root;
2581 }
2582
2583 static bfd_boolean
2584 sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2585 struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *p)
2586 {
2587 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2588
2589 /* Non-FDPIC binaries do not need dynamic symbols for sections. */
2590 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
2591 return TRUE;
2592
2593 /* We need dynamic symbols for every section, since segments can
2594 relocate independently. */
2595 switch (elf_section_data (p)->this_hdr.sh_type)
2596 {
2597 case SHT_PROGBITS:
2598 case SHT_NOBITS:
2599 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
2600 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
2601 case SHT_NULL:
2602 return FALSE;
2603
2604 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
2605 against any other section. */
2606 default:
2607 return TRUE;
2608 }
2609 }
2610
2611 /* Create .got, .gotplt, and .rela.got sections in DYNOBJ, and set up
2612 shortcuts to them in our hash table. */
2613
2614 static bfd_boolean
2615 create_got_section (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2616 {
2617 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2618
2619 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
2620 return FALSE;
2621
2622 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2623 if (htab == NULL)
2624 return FALSE;
2625
2626 htab->sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got");
2627 htab->sgotplt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got.plt");
2628 htab->srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
2629 if (! htab->sgot || ! htab->sgotplt || ! htab->srelgot)
2630 abort ();
2631
2632 htab->sfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".got.funcdesc",
2633 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2634 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2635 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2636 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED));
2637 if (htab->sfuncdesc == NULL
2638 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sfuncdesc, 2))
2639 return FALSE;
2640
2641 htab->srelfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj,
2642 ".rela.got.funcdesc",
2643 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2644 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2645 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2646 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2647 | SEC_READONLY));
2648 if (htab->srelfuncdesc == NULL
2649 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srelfuncdesc, 2))
2650 return FALSE;
2651
2652 /* Also create .rofixup. */
2653 htab->srofixup = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".rofixup",
2654 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2655 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2656 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2657 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2658 | SEC_READONLY));
2659 if (htab->srofixup == NULL
2660 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srofixup, 2))
2661 return FALSE;
2662
2663 return TRUE;
2664 }
2665
2666 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
2667
2668 static bfd_boolean
2669 sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2670 {
2671 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2672 flagword flags, pltflags;
2673 asection *s;
2674 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2675 int ptralign = 0;
2676
2677 switch (bed->s->arch_size)
2678 {
2679 case 32:
2680 ptralign = 2;
2681 break;
2682
2683 case 64:
2684 ptralign = 3;
2685 break;
2686
2687 default:
2688 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2689 return FALSE;
2690 }
2691
2692 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2693 if (htab == NULL)
2694 return FALSE;
2695
2696 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
2697 return TRUE;
2698
2699 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
2700 .rel[a].bss sections. */
2701
2702 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2703 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2704
2705 pltflags = flags;
2706 pltflags |= SEC_CODE;
2707 if (bed->plt_not_loaded)
2708 pltflags &= ~ (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
2709 if (bed->plt_readonly)
2710 pltflags |= SEC_READONLY;
2711
2712 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".plt", pltflags);
2713 htab->splt = s;
2714 if (s == NULL
2715 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, bed->plt_alignment))
2716 return FALSE;
2717
2718 if (bed->want_plt_sym)
2719 {
2720 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
2721 .plt section. */
2722 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2723 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
2724
2725 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2726 (info, abfd, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
2727 (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
2728 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
2729 return FALSE;
2730
2731 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
2732 h->def_regular = 1;
2733 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
2734 htab->root.hplt = h;
2735
2736 if (info->shared
2737 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2738 return FALSE;
2739 }
2740
2741 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
2742 bed->default_use_rela_p
2743 ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt",
2744 flags | SEC_READONLY);
2745 htab->srelplt = s;
2746 if (s == NULL
2747 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2748 return FALSE;
2749
2750 if (htab->sgot == NULL
2751 && !create_got_section (abfd, info))
2752 return FALSE;
2753
2754 if (bed->want_dynbss)
2755 {
2756 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
2757 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
2758 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
2759 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2760 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
2761 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
2762 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynbss",
2763 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2764 htab->sdynbss = s;
2765 if (s == NULL)
2766 return FALSE;
2767
2768 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
2769 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
2770 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
2771 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
2772 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
2773 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
2774 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
2775 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
2776 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
2777 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
2778 copy relocs. */
2779 if (! info->shared)
2780 {
2781 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
2782 (bed->default_use_rela_p
2783 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
2784 flags | SEC_READONLY);
2785 htab->srelbss = s;
2786 if (s == NULL
2787 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2788 return FALSE;
2789 }
2790 }
2791
2792 if (htab->vxworks_p)
2793 {
2794 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
2795 return FALSE;
2796 }
2797
2798 return TRUE;
2799 }
2800 \f
2801 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
2802 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
2803 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
2804 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
2805 understand. */
2806
2807 static bfd_boolean
2808 sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2809 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2810 {
2811 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2812 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
2813 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
2814 asection *s;
2815
2816 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2817 if (htab == NULL)
2818 return FALSE;
2819
2820 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
2821 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynobj != NULL
2822 && (h->needs_plt
2823 || h->u.weakdef != NULL
2824 || (h->def_dynamic
2825 && h->ref_regular
2826 && !h->def_regular)));
2827
2828 /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table. We
2829 will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
2830 when we know the address of the .got section. */
2831 if (h->type == STT_FUNC
2832 || h->needs_plt)
2833 {
2834 if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
2835 || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
2836 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
2837 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2838 {
2839 /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT reloc in an input
2840 file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
2841 object. In such a case, we don't actually need to build
2842 a procedure linkage table, and we can just do a REL32
2843 reloc instead. */
2844 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2845 h->needs_plt = 0;
2846 }
2847
2848 return TRUE;
2849 }
2850 else
2851 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2852
2853 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
2854 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
2855 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
2856 if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
2857 {
2858 BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2859 || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
2860 h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
2861 h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
2862 if (info->nocopyreloc)
2863 h->non_got_ref = h->u.weakdef->non_got_ref;
2864 return TRUE;
2865 }
2866
2867 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
2868 is not a function. */
2869
2870 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
2871 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
2872 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
2873 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
2874 if (info->shared)
2875 return TRUE;
2876
2877 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
2878 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
2879 if (!h->non_got_ref)
2880 return TRUE;
2881
2882 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
2883 if (info->nocopyreloc)
2884 {
2885 h->non_got_ref = 0;
2886 return TRUE;
2887 }
2888
2889 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
2890 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
2891 {
2892 s = p->sec->output_section;
2893 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) != 0)
2894 break;
2895 }
2896
2897 /* If we didn't find any dynamic relocs in sections which needs the
2898 copy reloc, then we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding
2899 the copy reloc. */
2900 if (p == NULL)
2901 {
2902 h->non_got_ref = 0;
2903 return TRUE;
2904 }
2905
2906 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
2907 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
2908 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
2909 object will contain position independent code, so all references
2910 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
2911 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
2912 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
2913 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
2914 same memory location for the variable. */
2915
2916 s = htab->sdynbss;
2917 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
2918
2919 /* We must generate a R_SH_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2920 copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
2921 runtime process image. We need to remember the offset into the
2922 .rela.bss section we are going to use. */
2923 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
2924 {
2925 asection *srel;
2926
2927 srel = htab->srelbss;
2928 BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
2929 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2930 h->needs_copy = 1;
2931 }
2932
2933 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
2934 }
2935
2936 /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
2937 dynamic relocs. */
2938
2939 static bfd_boolean
2940 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
2941 {
2942 struct bfd_link_info *info;
2943 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2944 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
2945 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
2946
2947 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2948 return TRUE;
2949
2950 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
2951 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2952 if (htab == NULL)
2953 return FALSE;
2954
2955 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
2956 if ((h->got.refcount > 0
2957 || h->forced_local)
2958 && eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
2959 {
2960 /* The symbol has been forced local, or we have some direct got refs,
2961 so treat all the gotplt refs as got refs. */
2962 h->got.refcount += eh->gotplt_refcount;
2963 if (h->plt.refcount >= eh->gotplt_refcount)
2964 h->plt.refcount -= eh->gotplt_refcount;
2965 }
2966
2967 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
2968 && h->plt.refcount > 0
2969 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
2970 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2971 {
2972 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
2973 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
2974 if (h->dynindx == -1
2975 && !h->forced_local)
2976 {
2977 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2978 return FALSE;
2979 }
2980
2981 if (info->shared
2982 || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h))
2983 {
2984 asection *s = htab->splt;
2985 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
2986
2987 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
2988 first entry. */
2989 if (s->size == 0)
2990 s->size += htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size;
2991
2992 h->plt.offset = s->size;
2993
2994 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
2995 not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
2996 location in the .plt. This is required to make function
2997 pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
2998 the shared library. Skip this for FDPIC, since the
2999 function's address will be the address of the canonical
3000 function descriptor. */
3001 if (!htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared && !h->def_regular)
3002 {
3003 h->root.u.def.section = s;
3004 h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
3005 }
3006
3007 /* Make room for this entry. */
3008 plt_info = htab->plt_info;
3009 if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL
3010 && (get_plt_index (plt_info->short_plt, s->size) < MAX_SHORT_PLT))
3011 plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
3012 s->size += plt_info->symbol_entry_size;
3013
3014 /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
3015 will be placed in the .got section by the linker script. */
3016 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
3017 htab->sgotplt->size += 4;
3018 else
3019 htab->sgotplt->size += 8;
3020
3021 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt section. */
3022 htab->srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3023
3024 if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared)
3025 {
3026 /* VxWorks executables have a second set of relocations
3027 for each PLT entry. They go in a separate relocation
3028 section, which is processed by the kernel loader. */
3029
3030 /* There is a relocation for the initial PLT entry:
3031 an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3032 if (h->plt.offset == htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size)
3033 htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3034
3035 /* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent
3036 PLT entry: an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the GOT entry,
3037 and an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the PLT entry. */
3038 htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) * 2;
3039 }
3040 }
3041 else
3042 {
3043 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3044 h->needs_plt = 0;
3045 }
3046 }
3047 else
3048 {
3049 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3050 h->needs_plt = 0;
3051 }
3052
3053 if (h->got.refcount > 0)
3054 {
3055 asection *s;
3056 bfd_boolean dyn;
3057 enum got_type got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
3058
3059 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3060 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3061 if (h->dynindx == -1
3062 && !h->forced_local)
3063 {
3064 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3065 return FALSE;
3066 }
3067
3068 s = htab->sgot;
3069 h->got.offset = s->size;
3070 s->size += 4;
3071 /* R_SH_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots. */
3072 if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3073 s->size += 4;
3074 dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
3075 if (!dyn)
3076 {
3077 /* No dynamic relocations required. */
3078 if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared
3079 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3080 && (got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
3081 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3082 }
3083 /* No dynamic relocations required when IE->LE conversion happens. */
3084 else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_IE && !h->def_dynamic && !info->shared)
3085 ;
3086 /* R_SH_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation if dynamic,
3087 R_SH_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if global. */
3088 else if ((got_type == GOT_TLS_GD && h->dynindx == -1)
3089 || got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
3090 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3091 else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3092 htab->srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3093 else if (got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
3094 {
3095 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3096 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3097 else
3098 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3099 }
3100 else if ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3101 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3102 && (info->shared
3103 || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h)))
3104 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3105 else if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared && got_type == GOT_NORMAL
3106 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3107 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3108 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3109 }
3110 else
3111 h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3112
3113 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
3114 if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
3115 {
3116 asection *s;
3117 bfd_boolean dyn;
3118
3119 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3120 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3121 if (h->dynindx == -1
3122 && !h->forced_local)
3123 {
3124 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3125 return FALSE;
3126 }
3127
3128 s = htab->sgot;
3129 eh->datalabel_got.offset = s->size;
3130 s->size += 4;
3131 dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
3132 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h))
3133 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3134 }
3135 else
3136 eh->datalabel_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3137 #endif
3138
3139 /* Allocate space for any dynamic relocations to function
3140 descriptors, canonical or otherwise. We need to relocate the
3141 reference unless it resolves to zero, which only happens for
3142 undefined weak symbols (either non-default visibility, or when
3143 static linking). Any GOT slot is accounted for elsewhere. */
3144 if (eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount > 0
3145 && (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3146 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3147 && ! SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))))
3148 {
3149 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3150 htab->srofixup->size += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * 4;
3151 else
3152 htab->srelgot->size
3153 += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3154 }
3155
3156 /* We must allocate a function descriptor if there are references to
3157 a canonical descriptor (R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC or R_SH_FUNCDESC) and
3158 the dynamic linker isn't going to allocate it. None of this
3159 applies if we already created one in .got.plt, but if the
3160 canonical function descriptor can be in this object, there
3161 won't be a PLT entry at all. */
3162 if ((eh->funcdesc.refcount > 0
3163 || (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE && eh->got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
3164 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3165 && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3166 {
3167 /* Make room for this function descriptor. */
3168 eh->funcdesc.offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
3169 htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
3170
3171 /* We will need a relocation or two fixups to initialize the
3172 function descriptor, so allocate those too. */
3173 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3174 htab->srofixup->size += 8;
3175 else
3176 htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3177 }
3178
3179 if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL)
3180 return TRUE;
3181
3182 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
3183 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
3184 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
3185 space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol
3186 visibility changes. */
3187
3188 if (info->shared)
3189 {
3190 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3191 {
3192 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
3193
3194 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3195 {
3196 p->count -= p->pc_count;
3197 p->pc_count = 0;
3198 if (p->count == 0)
3199 *pp = p->next;
3200 else
3201 pp = &p->next;
3202 }
3203 }
3204
3205 if (htab->vxworks_p)
3206 {
3207 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
3208
3209 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3210 {
3211 if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
3212 *pp = p->next;
3213 else
3214 pp = &p->next;
3215 }
3216 }
3217
3218 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
3219 visibility. */
3220 if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL
3221 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3222 {
3223 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
3224 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3225
3226 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
3227 symbol in PIEs. */
3228 else if (h->dynindx == -1
3229 && !h->forced_local)
3230 {
3231 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3232 return FALSE;
3233 }
3234 }
3235 }
3236 else
3237 {
3238 /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
3239 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
3240 dynamic. */
3241
3242 if (!h->non_got_ref
3243 && ((h->def_dynamic
3244 && !h->def_regular)
3245 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3246 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3247 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))))
3248 {
3249 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3250 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3251 if (h->dynindx == -1
3252 && !h->forced_local)
3253 {
3254 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3255 return FALSE;
3256 }
3257
3258 /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
3259 relocs. */
3260 if (h->dynindx != -1)
3261 goto keep;
3262 }
3263
3264 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3265
3266 keep: ;
3267 }
3268
3269 /* Finally, allocate space. */
3270 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3271 {
3272 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3273 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3274
3275 /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups. */
3276 if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
3277 htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
3278 }
3279
3280 return TRUE;
3281 }
3282
3283 /* Find any dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections. */
3284
3285 static bfd_boolean
3286 readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
3287 {
3288 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
3289 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
3290
3291 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
3292 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3293 {
3294 asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
3295
3296 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3297 {
3298 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
3299
3300 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3301
3302 /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */
3303 return FALSE;
3304 }
3305 }
3306 return TRUE;
3307 }
3308
3309 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
3310 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.
3311 It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style. */
3312
3313 static bfd_boolean
3314 sh_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3315 {
3316 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->plt_info = get_plt_info (output_bfd, info->shared);
3317
3318 if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->relocatable
3319 && !bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (output_bfd, info,
3320 "__stacksize", DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE))
3321 return FALSE;
3322 return TRUE;
3323 }
3324
3325 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
3326
3327 static bfd_boolean
3328 sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3329 struct bfd_link_info *info)
3330 {
3331 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3332 bfd *dynobj;
3333 asection *s;
3334 bfd_boolean relocs;
3335 bfd *ibfd;
3336
3337 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3338 if (htab == NULL)
3339 return FALSE;
3340
3341 dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
3342 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
3343
3344 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3345 {
3346 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
3347 if (info->executable)
3348 {
3349 s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
3350 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3351 s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3352 s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3353 }
3354 }
3355
3356 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
3357 relocs. */
3358 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
3359 {
3360 bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
3361 bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
3362 union gotref *local_funcdesc, *end_local_funcdesc;
3363 char *local_got_type;
3364 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
3365 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3366 asection *srel;
3367
3368 if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd))
3369 continue;
3370
3371 for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3372 {
3373 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
3374
3375 for (p = ((struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *)
3376 elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
3377 p != NULL;
3378 p = p->next)
3379 {
3380 if (! bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
3381 && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
3382 {
3383 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
3384 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
3385 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
3386 the relocs too. */
3387 }
3388 else if (htab->vxworks_p
3389 && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
3390 ".tls_vars") == 0)
3391 {
3392 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
3393 handled specially by the loader. */
3394 }
3395 else if (p->count != 0)
3396 {
3397 srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3398 srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3399 if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3400 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3401
3402 /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups. */
3403 if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
3404 htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
3405 }
3406 }
3407 }
3408
3409 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
3410 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3411 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
3412 /* Count datalabel local GOT. */
3413 locsymcount *= 2;
3414 #endif
3415 s = htab->sgot;
3416 srel = htab->srelgot;
3417
3418 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
3419 if (local_got)
3420 {
3421 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
3422 local_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (ibfd);
3423 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3424 for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got)
3425 {
3426 if (*local_got > 0)
3427 {
3428 *local_got = s->size;
3429 s->size += 4;
3430 if (*local_got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3431 s->size += 4;
3432 if (info->shared)
3433 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3434 else
3435 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3436
3437 if (*local_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
3438 {
3439 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3440 {
3441 bfd_size_type size;
3442
3443 size = locsymcount * sizeof (union gotref);
3444 local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (ibfd,
3445 size);
3446 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3447 return FALSE;
3448 sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd) = local_funcdesc;
3449 local_funcdesc += (local_got
3450 - elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd));
3451 }
3452 local_funcdesc->refcount++;
3453 ++local_funcdesc;
3454 }
3455 }
3456 else
3457 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
3458 ++local_got_type;
3459 }
3460 }
3461
3462 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3463 if (local_funcdesc)
3464 {
3465 end_local_funcdesc = local_funcdesc + locsymcount;
3466
3467 for (; local_funcdesc < end_local_funcdesc; ++local_funcdesc)
3468 {
3469 if (local_funcdesc->refcount > 0)
3470 {
3471 local_funcdesc->offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
3472 htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
3473 if (!info->shared)
3474 htab->srofixup->size += 8;
3475 else
3476 htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3477 }
3478 else
3479 local_funcdesc->offset = MINUS_ONE;
3480 }
3481 }
3482
3483 }
3484
3485 if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
3486 {
3487 /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_SH_TLS_LD_32
3488 relocs. */
3489 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->sgot->size;
3490 htab->sgot->size += 8;
3491 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3492 }
3493 else
3494 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
3495
3496 /* Only the reserved entries should be present. For FDPIC, they go at
3497 the end of .got.plt. */
3498 if (htab->fdpic_p)
3499 {
3500 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt && htab->sgotplt->size == 12);
3501 htab->sgotplt->size = 0;
3502 }
3503
3504 /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
3505 sym dynamic relocs. */
3506 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
3507
3508 /* Move the reserved entries and the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol to the
3509 end of the FDPIC .got.plt. */
3510 if (htab->fdpic_p)
3511 {
3512 htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value = htab->sgotplt->size;
3513 htab->sgotplt->size += 12;
3514 }
3515
3516 /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT. */
3517 if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
3518 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3519
3520 /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
3521 Allocate memory for them. */
3522 relocs = FALSE;
3523 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3524 {
3525 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
3526 continue;
3527
3528 if (s == htab->splt
3529 || s == htab->sgot
3530 || s == htab->sgotplt
3531 || s == htab->sfuncdesc
3532 || s == htab->srofixup
3533 || s == htab->sdynbss)
3534 {
3535 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
3536 comment below. */
3537 }
3538 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s), ".rela"))
3539 {
3540 if (s->size != 0 && s != htab->srelplt && s != htab->srelplt2)
3541 relocs = TRUE;
3542
3543 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
3544 to copy relocs into the output file. */
3545 s->reloc_count = 0;
3546 }
3547 else
3548 {
3549 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
3550 continue;
3551 }
3552
3553 if (s->size == 0)
3554 {
3555 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
3556 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
3557 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
3558 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
3559 before the linker maps input sections to output
3560 sections. The linker does that before
3561 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
3562 function which decides whether anything needs to go
3563 into these sections. */
3564
3565 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3566 continue;
3567 }
3568
3569 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
3570 continue;
3571
3572 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc
3573 here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
3574 section's contents are written out. This should not happen,
3575 but this way if it does, we get a R_SH_NONE reloc instead
3576 of garbage. */
3577 s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
3578 if (s->contents == NULL)
3579 return FALSE;
3580 }
3581
3582 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3583 {
3584 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
3585 values later, in sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
3586 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
3587 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
3588 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
3589 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
3590 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
3591
3592 if (info->executable)
3593 {
3594 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
3595 return FALSE;
3596 }
3597
3598 if (htab->splt->size != 0)
3599 {
3600 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
3601 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
3602 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
3603 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
3604 return FALSE;
3605 }
3606 else if ((elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
3607 && htab->sgot->size != 0)
3608 {
3609 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0))
3610 return FALSE;
3611 }
3612
3613 if (relocs)
3614 {
3615 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
3616 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
3617 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT,
3618 sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
3619 return FALSE;
3620
3621 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
3622 then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
3623 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
3624 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, readonly_dynrelocs, info);
3625
3626 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
3627 {
3628 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
3629 return FALSE;
3630 }
3631 }
3632 if (htab->vxworks_p
3633 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
3634 return FALSE;
3635 }
3636 #undef add_dynamic_entry
3637
3638 return TRUE;
3639 }
3640 \f
3641 /* Add a dynamic relocation to the SRELOC section. */
3642
3643 inline static bfd_vma
3644 sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (bfd *output_bfd, asection *sreloc, bfd_vma offset,
3645 int reloc_type, long dynindx, bfd_vma addend)
3646 {
3647 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3648 bfd_vma reloc_offset;
3649
3650 outrel.r_offset = offset;
3651 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, reloc_type);
3652 outrel.r_addend = addend;
3653
3654 reloc_offset = sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3655 BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset < sreloc->size);
3656 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
3657 sreloc->contents + reloc_offset);
3658 sreloc->reloc_count++;
3659
3660 return reloc_offset;
3661 }
3662
3663 /* Add an FDPIC read-only fixup. */
3664
3665 inline static void
3666 sh_elf_add_rofixup (bfd *output_bfd, asection *srofixup, bfd_vma offset)
3667 {
3668 bfd_vma fixup_offset;
3669
3670 fixup_offset = srofixup->reloc_count++ * 4;
3671 BFD_ASSERT (fixup_offset < srofixup->size);
3672 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, offset, srofixup->contents + fixup_offset);
3673 }
3674
3675 /* Return the offset of the generated .got section from the
3676 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol. */
3677
3678 static bfd_signed_vma
3679 sh_elf_got_offset (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab)
3680 {
3681 return (htab->sgot->output_offset - htab->sgotplt->output_offset
3682 - htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
3683 }
3684
3685 /* Find the segment number in which OSEC, and output section, is
3686 located. */
3687
3688 static unsigned
3689 sh_elf_osec_to_segment (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3690 {
3691 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p = NULL;
3692
3693 if (output_bfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3694 /* PR ld/17110: Do not look for output segments in an input bfd. */
3695 && output_bfd->direction != read_direction)
3696 p = _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (output_bfd, osec);
3697
3698 /* FIXME: Nothing ever says what this index is relative to. The kernel
3699 supplies data in terms of the number of load segments but this is
3700 a phdr index and the first phdr may not be a load segment. */
3701 return (p != NULL) ? p - elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr : -1;
3702 }
3703
3704 static bfd_boolean
3705 sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3706 {
3707 unsigned seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, osec);
3708
3709 return (seg != (unsigned) -1
3710 && ! (elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr[seg].p_flags & PF_W));
3711 }
3712
3713 /* Generate the initial contents of a local function descriptor, along
3714 with any relocations or fixups required. */
3715 static bfd_boolean
3716 sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (bfd *output_bfd,
3717 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3718 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3719 bfd_vma offset,
3720 asection *section,
3721 bfd_vma value)
3722 {
3723 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3724 int dynindx;
3725 bfd_vma addr, seg;
3726
3727 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3728
3729 /* FIXME: The ABI says that the offset to the function goes in the
3730 descriptor, along with the segment index. We're RELA, so it could
3731 go in the reloc instead... */
3732
3733 if (h != NULL && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3734 {
3735 section = h->root.u.def.section;
3736 value = h->root.u.def.value;
3737 }
3738
3739 if (h == NULL || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3740 {
3741 dynindx = elf_section_data (section->output_section)->dynindx;
3742 addr = value + section->output_offset;
3743 seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, section->output_section);
3744 }
3745 else
3746 {
3747 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
3748 dynindx = h->dynindx;
3749 addr = seg = 0;
3750 }
3751
3752 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3753 {
3754 if (h == NULL || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3755 {
3756 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3757 offset
3758 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3759 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3760 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3761 offset + 4
3762 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3763 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3764 }
3765
3766 /* There are no dynamic relocations so fill in the final
3767 address and gp value (barring fixups). */
3768 addr += section->output_section->vma;
3769 seg = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
3770 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
3771 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
3772 }
3773 else
3774 sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, htab->srelfuncdesc,
3775 offset
3776 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3777 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset,
3778 R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE, dynindx, 0);
3779
3780 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, addr, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset);
3781 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, seg, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset + 4);
3782
3783 return TRUE;
3784 }
3785
3786 /* Install a 20-bit movi20 field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
3787 VALUE is the field's value. Return bfd_reloc_ok if successful or an error
3788 otherwise. */
3789
3790 static bfd_reloc_status_type
3791 install_movi20_field (bfd *output_bfd, unsigned long relocation,
3792 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3793 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma offset)
3794 {
3795 unsigned long cur_val;
3796 bfd_byte *addr;
3797 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3798
3799 if (offset > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
3800 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3801
3802 r = bfd_check_overflow (complain_overflow_signed, 20, 0,
3803 bfd_arch_bits_per_address (input_bfd), relocation);
3804 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
3805 return r;
3806
3807 addr = contents + offset;
3808 cur_val = bfd_get_16 (output_bfd, addr);
3809 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, cur_val | ((relocation & 0xf0000) >> 12), addr);
3810 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, relocation & 0xffff, addr + 2);
3811
3812 return bfd_reloc_ok;
3813 }
3814
3815 /* Relocate an SH ELF section. */
3816
3817 static bfd_boolean
3818 sh_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3819 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3820 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
3821 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
3822 asection **local_sections)
3823 {
3824 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3825 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3826 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
3827 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
3828 bfd *dynobj = NULL;
3829 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
3830 asection *sgot = NULL;
3831 asection *sgotplt = NULL;
3832 asection *splt = NULL;
3833 asection *sreloc = NULL;
3834 asection *srelgot = NULL;
3835 bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls;
3836 unsigned isec_segment, got_segment, plt_segment, check_segment[2];
3837 bfd_boolean fdpic_p = FALSE;
3838
3839 BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (input_bfd));
3840
3841 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3842 if (htab != NULL)
3843 {
3844 dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
3845 sgot = htab->sgot;
3846 sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
3847 splt = htab->splt;
3848 fdpic_p = htab->fdpic_p;
3849 }
3850 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
3851 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
3852 local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
3853
3854 isec_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3855 input_section->output_section);
3856 if (fdpic_p && sgot)
3857 got_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3858 sgot->output_section);
3859 else
3860 got_segment = -1;
3861 if (fdpic_p && splt)
3862 plt_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3863 splt->output_section);
3864 else
3865 plt_segment = -1;
3866
3867 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
3868 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
3869 is_vxworks_tls = (htab && htab->vxworks_p && info->shared
3870 && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
3871 ".tls_vars"));
3872
3873 rel = relocs;
3874 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
3875 for (; rel < relend; rel++)
3876 {
3877 int r_type;
3878 reloc_howto_type *howto;
3879 unsigned long r_symndx;
3880 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
3881 asection *sec;
3882 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3883 bfd_vma relocation;
3884 bfd_vma addend = (bfd_vma) 0;
3885 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3886 int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
3887 bfd_vma off;
3888 enum got_type got_type;
3889 const char *symname = NULL;
3890
3891 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
3892
3893 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
3894
3895 /* Many of the relocs are only used for relaxing, and are
3896 handled entirely by the relaxation code. */
3897 if (r_type >= (int) R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT
3898 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LABEL)
3899 continue;
3900 if (r_type == (int) R_SH_NONE)
3901 continue;
3902
3903 if (r_type < 0
3904 || r_type >= R_SH_max
3905 || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC
3906 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
3907 || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2
3908 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
3909 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3
3910 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
3911 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4
3912 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
3913 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5
3914 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5)
3915 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6
3916 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6))
3917 {
3918 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3919 return FALSE;
3920 }
3921
3922 howto = get_howto_table (output_bfd) + r_type;
3923
3924 /* For relocs that aren't partial_inplace, we get the addend from
3925 the relocation. */
3926 if (! howto->partial_inplace)
3927 addend = rel->r_addend;
3928
3929 h = NULL;
3930 sym = NULL;
3931 sec = NULL;
3932 check_segment[0] = -1;
3933 check_segment[1] = -1;
3934 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
3935 {
3936 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
3937 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
3938
3939 symname = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
3940 (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name);
3941 if (symname == NULL || *symname == '\0')
3942 symname = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
3943
3944 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
3945 + sec->output_offset
3946 + sym->st_value);
3947 /* A local symbol never has STO_SH5_ISA32, so we don't need
3948 datalabel processing here. Make sure this does not change
3949 without notice. */
3950 if ((sym->st_other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0)
3951 ((*info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
3952 (info,
3953 _("Unexpected STO_SH5_ISA32 on local symbol is not handled"),
3954 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset));
3955
3956 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
3957 /* Handled below. */
3958 ;
3959 else if (info->relocatable)
3960 {
3961 /* This is a relocatable link. We don't have to change
3962 anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
3963 in which case we have to adjust according to where the
3964 section symbol winds up in the output section. */
3965 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
3966 {
3967 if (! howto->partial_inplace)
3968 {
3969 /* For relocations with the addend in the
3970 relocation, we need just to update the addend.
3971 All real relocs are of type partial_inplace; this
3972 code is mostly for completeness. */
3973 rel->r_addend += sec->output_offset;
3974
3975 continue;
3976 }
3977
3978 /* Relocs of type partial_inplace need to pick up the
3979 contents in the contents and add the offset resulting
3980 from the changed location of the section symbol.
3981 Using _bfd_final_link_relocate (e.g. goto
3982 final_link_relocate) here would be wrong, because
3983 relocations marked pc_relative would get the current
3984 location subtracted, and we must only do that at the
3985 final link. */
3986 r = _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, input_bfd,
3987 sec->output_offset
3988 + sym->st_value,
3989 contents + rel->r_offset);
3990 goto relocation_done;
3991 }
3992
3993 continue;
3994 }
3995 else if (! howto->partial_inplace)
3996 {
3997 relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
3998 addend = rel->r_addend;
3999 }
4000 else if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
4001 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
4002 {
4003 asection *msec;
4004
4005 if (howto->rightshift || howto->src_mask != 0xffffffff)
4006 {
4007 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4008 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s relocation against SEC_MERGE section"),
4009 input_bfd, input_section,
4010 (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name);
4011 return FALSE;
4012 }
4013
4014 addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
4015 msec = sec;
4016 addend =
4017 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec, addend)
4018 - relocation;
4019 addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset;
4020 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, contents + rel->r_offset);
4021 addend = 0;
4022 }
4023 }
4024 else
4025 {
4026 /* FIXME: Ought to make use of the RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL macro. */
4027
4028 relocation = 0;
4029 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4030 symname = h->root.root.string;
4031 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4032 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4033 {
4034 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4035 /* If the reference passes a symbol marked with
4036 STT_DATALABEL, then any STO_SH5_ISA32 on the final value
4037 doesn't count. */
4038 seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
4039 #endif
4040 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4041 }
4042 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4043 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4044 {
4045 bfd_boolean dyn;
4046
4047 dyn = htab ? htab->root.dynamic_sections_created : FALSE;
4048 sec = h->root.u.def.section;
4049 /* In these cases, we don't need the relocation value.
4050 We check specially because in some obscure cases
4051 sec->output_section will be NULL. */
4052 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTPC
4053 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16
4054 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16
4055 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16
4056 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_HI16
4057 || ((r_type == R_SH_PLT32
4058 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_LOW16
4059 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16
4060 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16
4061 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_HI16)
4062 && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4063 || ((r_type == R_SH_GOT32
4064 || r_type == R_SH_GOT20
4065 || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC
4066 || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20
4067 || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
4068 || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
4069 || r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC
4070 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_LOW16
4071 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16
4072 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16
4073 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_HI16)
4074 && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
4075 && (! info->shared
4076 || (! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
4077 || !h->def_regular))
4078 /* The cases above are those in which relocation is
4079 overwritten in the switch block below. The cases
4080 below are those in which we must defer relocation
4081 to run-time, because we can't resolve absolute
4082 addresses when creating a shared library. */
4083 || (info->shared
4084 && ((! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
4085 || !h->def_regular)
4086 && ((r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4087 && !h->forced_local)
4088 || (r_type == R_SH_REL32
4089 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4090 && ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4091 /* DWARF will emit R_SH_DIR32 relocations in its
4092 sections against symbols defined externally
4093 in shared libraries. We can't do anything
4094 with them here. */
4095 || ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
4096 && h->def_dynamic)))
4097 /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING
4098 sections because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and
4099 thus ld.so will not process them. */
4100 || (sec->output_section == NULL
4101 && ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
4102 && h->def_dynamic))
4103 || (sec->output_section == NULL
4104 && (sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_IE
4105 || sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)))
4106 ;
4107 else if (sec->output_section != NULL)
4108 relocation = ((h->root.u.def.value
4109 + sec->output_section->vma
4110 + sec->output_offset)
4111 /* A STO_SH5_ISA32 causes a "bitor 1" to the
4112 symbol value, unless we've seen
4113 STT_DATALABEL on the way to it. */
4114 | ((h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0
4115 && ! seen_stt_datalabel));
4116 else if (!info->relocatable
4117 && (_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4118 input_section,
4119 rel->r_offset)
4120 != (bfd_vma) -1))
4121 {
4122 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4123 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
4124 input_bfd,
4125 input_section,
4126 (long) rel->r_offset,
4127 howto->name,
4128 h->root.root.string);
4129 return FALSE;
4130 }
4131 }
4132 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4133 ;
4134 else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
4135 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
4136 ;
4137 else if (!info->relocatable)
4138 {
4139 if (! info->callbacks->undefined_symbol
4140 (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd,
4141 input_section, rel->r_offset,
4142 (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR
4143 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))))
4144 return FALSE;
4145 }
4146 }
4147
4148 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
4149 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
4150 rel, 1, relend, howto, 0, contents);
4151
4152 if (info->relocatable)
4153 continue;
4154
4155 /* Check for inter-segment relocations in FDPIC files. Most
4156 relocations connect the relocation site to the location of
4157 the target symbol, but there are some exceptions below. */
4158 check_segment[0] = isec_segment;
4159 if (sec != NULL)
4160 check_segment[1] = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
4161 sec->output_section);
4162 else
4163 check_segment[1] = -1;
4164
4165 switch ((int) r_type)
4166 {
4167 final_link_relocate:
4168 /* COFF relocs don't use the addend. The addend is used for
4169 R_SH_DIR32 to be compatible with other compilers. */
4170 r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
4171 contents, rel->r_offset,
4172 relocation, addend);
4173 break;
4174
4175 case R_SH_IND12W:
4176 goto final_link_relocate;
4177
4178 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
4179 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
4180 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
4181 /* If the reloc is against the start of this section, then
4182 the assembler has already taken care of it and the reloc
4183 is here only to assist in relaxing. If the reloc is not
4184 against the start of this section, then it's against an
4185 external symbol and we must deal with it ourselves. */
4186 if (input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset
4187 != relocation)
4188 {
4189 int disp = (relocation
4190 - input_section->output_section->vma
4191 - input_section->output_offset
4192 - rel->r_offset);
4193 int mask = 0;
4194 switch (r_type)
4195 {
4196 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
4197 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: mask = 1; break;
4198 case R_SH_DIR8WPL: mask = 3; break;
4199 default: mask = 0; break;
4200 }
4201 if (disp & mask)
4202 {
4203 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4204 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned branch target for relax-support relocation"),
4205 input_section->owner,
4206 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset));
4207 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4208 return FALSE;
4209 }
4210 relocation -= 4;
4211 goto final_link_relocate;
4212 }
4213 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
4214 break;
4215
4216 default:
4217 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4218 if (shmedia_prepare_reloc (info, input_bfd, input_section,
4219 contents, rel, &relocation))
4220 goto final_link_relocate;
4221 #endif
4222 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4223 return FALSE;
4224
4225 case R_SH_DIR16:
4226 case R_SH_DIR8:
4227 case R_SH_DIR8U:
4228 case R_SH_DIR8S:
4229 case R_SH_DIR4U:
4230 goto final_link_relocate;
4231
4232 case R_SH_DIR8UL:
4233 case R_SH_DIR4UL:
4234 if (relocation & 3)
4235 {
4236 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4237 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"),
4238 input_section->owner,
4239 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
4240 (unsigned long) relocation));
4241 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4242 return FALSE;
4243 }
4244 goto final_link_relocate;
4245
4246 case R_SH_DIR8UW:
4247 case R_SH_DIR8SW:
4248 case R_SH_DIR4UW:
4249 if (relocation & 1)
4250 {
4251 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4252 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"),
4253 input_section->owner,
4254 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
4255 (unsigned long) relocation));
4256 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4257 return FALSE;
4258 }
4259 goto final_link_relocate;
4260
4261 case R_SH_PSHA:
4262 if ((signed int)relocation < -32
4263 || (signed int)relocation > 32)
4264 {
4265 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4266 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHA relocation %d not in range -32..32"),
4267 input_section->owner,
4268 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset,
4269 (unsigned long) relocation));
4270 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4271 return FALSE;
4272 }
4273 goto final_link_relocate;
4274
4275 case R_SH_PSHL:
4276 if ((signed int)relocation < -16
4277 || (signed int)relocation > 16)
4278 {
4279 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4280 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHL relocation %d not in range -32..32"),
4281 input_section->owner,
4282 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset,
4283 (unsigned long) relocation));
4284 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4285 return FALSE;
4286 }
4287 goto final_link_relocate;
4288
4289 case R_SH_DIR32:
4290 case R_SH_REL32:
4291 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4292 case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
4293 case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
4294 case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
4295 case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
4296 #endif
4297 if (info->shared
4298 && (h == NULL
4299 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4300 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4301 && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
4302 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4303 && !is_vxworks_tls
4304 && (r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4305 || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4306 {
4307 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4308 bfd_byte *loc;
4309 bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
4310
4311 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
4312 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
4313 time. */
4314
4315 if (sreloc == NULL)
4316 {
4317 sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
4318 (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
4319 if (sreloc == NULL)
4320 return FALSE;
4321 }
4322
4323 skip = FALSE;
4324 relocate = FALSE;
4325
4326 outrel.r_offset =
4327 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
4328 rel->r_offset);
4329 if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4330 skip = TRUE;
4331 else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
4332 skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
4333 outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
4334 + input_section->output_offset);
4335
4336 if (skip)
4337 memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
4338 else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32)
4339 {
4340 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
4341 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_REL32);
4342 outrel.r_addend
4343 = (howto->partial_inplace
4344 ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4345 : addend);
4346 }
4347 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4348 else if (r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
4349 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
4350 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
4351 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL)
4352 {
4353 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
4354 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
4355 outrel.r_addend = addend;
4356 }
4357 #endif
4358 else if (fdpic_p
4359 && (h == NULL
4360 || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
4361 && h->def_regular)))
4362 {
4363 int dynindx;
4364
4365 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
4366 BFD_ASSERT (sec->output_section != NULL);
4367 dynindx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4368 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4369 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4370 outrel.r_addend
4371 += (howto->partial_inplace
4372 ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4373 : addend);
4374 outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
4375 }
4376 else
4377 {
4378 /* h->dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
4379 become local. */
4380 if (h == NULL
4381 || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
4382 && h->def_regular))
4383 {
4384 relocate = howto->partial_inplace;
4385 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
4386 }
4387 else
4388 {
4389 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4390 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4391 }
4392 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4393 outrel.r_addend
4394 += (howto->partial_inplace
4395 ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4396 : addend);
4397 }
4398
4399 loc = sreloc->contents;
4400 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4401 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4402
4403 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4404
4405 /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do
4406 not want to fiddle with the addend. Otherwise, we
4407 need to include the symbol value so that it becomes
4408 an addend for the dynamic reloc. */
4409 if (! relocate)
4410 continue;
4411 }
4412 else if (fdpic_p && !info->shared
4413 && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4414 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4415 {
4416 bfd_vma offset;
4417
4418 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4419
4420 if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4421 input_section->output_section))
4422 {
4423 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4424 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
4425 input_bfd,
4426 input_section,
4427 (long) rel->r_offset,
4428 symname);
4429 return FALSE;
4430 }
4431
4432 offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4433 input_section, rel->r_offset);
4434 if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4435 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4436 input_section->output_section->vma
4437 + input_section->output_offset
4438 + rel->r_offset);
4439
4440 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4441 }
4442 /* We don't want warnings for non-NULL tests on undefined weak
4443 symbols. */
4444 else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32
4445 && h
4446 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4447 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4448 goto final_link_relocate;
4449
4450 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
4451 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4452 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
4453 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
4454 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
4455 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
4456 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
4457 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
4458 #endif
4459 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4460 procedure linkage table. */
4461
4462 if (h == NULL
4463 || h->forced_local
4464 || ! info->shared
4465 || info->symbolic
4466 || h->dynindx == -1
4467 || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
4468 || h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4469 goto force_got;
4470
4471 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4472 offset table extension for the procedure linkage table. */
4473
4474 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4475 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4476 relocation = (sgotplt->output_offset
4477 + (get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset)
4478 + 3) * 4);
4479
4480 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4481 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4482 #endif
4483
4484 goto final_link_relocate;
4485
4486 force_got:
4487 case R_SH_GOT32:
4488 case R_SH_GOT20:
4489 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4490 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
4491 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
4492 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
4493 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
4494 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
4495 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
4496 #endif
4497 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4498 offset table. */
4499
4500 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4501 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
4502 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4503
4504 if (h != NULL)
4505 {
4506 bfd_boolean dyn;
4507
4508 off = h->got.offset;
4509 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4510 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
4511 {
4512 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
4513
4514 hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
4515 off = hsh->datalabel_got.offset;
4516 }
4517 #endif
4518 BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1);
4519
4520 dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
4521 if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
4522 || (info->shared
4523 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
4524 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
4525 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4526 {
4527 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
4528 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
4529 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
4530 because of a version file. We must initialize
4531 this entry in the global offset table. Since the
4532 offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the
4533 least significant bit to record whether we have
4534 initialized it already.
4535
4536 When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
4537 relocation entry to initialize the value. This
4538 is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine. */
4539 if ((off & 1) != 0)
4540 off &= ~1;
4541 else
4542 {
4543 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
4544 sgot->contents + off);
4545 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4546 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
4547 {
4548 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
4549
4550 hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
4551 hsh->datalabel_got.offset |= 1;
4552 }
4553 else
4554 #endif
4555 h->got.offset |= 1;
4556
4557 /* If we initialize the GOT entry here with a valid
4558 symbol address, also add a fixup. */
4559 if (fdpic_p && !info->shared
4560 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_NORMAL
4561 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4562 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4563 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4564 sgot->output_section->vma
4565 + sgot->output_offset
4566 + off);
4567 }
4568 }
4569
4570 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4571 }
4572 else
4573 {
4574 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4575 if (rel->r_addend)
4576 {
4577 BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
4578 && (local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
4579 + r_symndx]
4580 != (bfd_vma) -1));
4581
4582 off = local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
4583 + r_symndx];
4584 }
4585 else
4586 {
4587 #endif
4588 BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
4589 && local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != (bfd_vma) -1);
4590
4591 off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4592 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4593 }
4594 #endif
4595
4596 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use
4597 the least significant bit to record whether we have
4598 already generated the necessary reloc. */
4599 if ((off & 1) != 0)
4600 off &= ~1;
4601 else
4602 {
4603 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off);
4604
4605 if (info->shared)
4606 {
4607 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4608 bfd_byte *loc;
4609
4610 if (srelgot == NULL)
4611 {
4612 srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj,
4613 ".rela.got");
4614 BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
4615 }
4616
4617 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
4618 + sgot->output_offset
4619 + off);
4620 if (fdpic_p)
4621 {
4622 int dynindx
4623 = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4624 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4625 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4626 outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
4627 }
4628 else
4629 {
4630 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
4631 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4632 }
4633 loc = srelgot->contents;
4634 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4635 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4636 }
4637 else if (fdpic_p
4638 && (sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx]
4639 == GOT_NORMAL))
4640 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4641 sgot->output_section->vma
4642 + sgot->output_offset
4643 + off);
4644
4645 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4646 if (rel->r_addend)
4647 local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] |= 1;
4648 else
4649 #endif
4650 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
4651 }
4652
4653 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4654 }
4655
4656 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4657 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4658 #endif
4659
4660 if (r_type == R_SH_GOT20)
4661 {
4662 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4663 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4664 rel->r_offset);
4665 break;
4666 }
4667 else
4668 goto final_link_relocate;
4669
4670 case R_SH_GOTOFF:
4671 case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
4672 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4673 case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
4674 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
4675 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
4676 case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
4677 #endif
4678 /* GOTOFF relocations are relative to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which
4679 we place at the start of the .got.plt section. This is the same
4680 as the start of the output .got section, unless there are function
4681 descriptors in front of it. */
4682 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4683 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4684 check_segment[0] = got_segment;
4685 relocation -= sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset
4686 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value;
4687
4688 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4689 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4690 #endif
4691
4692 addend = rel->r_addend;
4693
4694 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFF20)
4695 {
4696 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4697 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4698 rel->r_offset);
4699 break;
4700 }
4701 else
4702 goto final_link_relocate;
4703
4704 case R_SH_GOTPC:
4705 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4706 case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
4707 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
4708 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
4709 case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
4710 #endif
4711 /* Use global offset table as symbol value. */
4712
4713 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4714 relocation = sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset;
4715
4716 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4717 relocation += GOT_BIAS;
4718 #endif
4719
4720 addend = rel->r_addend;
4721
4722 goto final_link_relocate;
4723
4724 case R_SH_PLT32:
4725 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4726 case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
4727 case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
4728 case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
4729 case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
4730 #endif
4731 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4732 procedure linkage table. */
4733
4734 /* Resolve a PLT reloc against a local symbol directly,
4735 without using the procedure linkage table. */
4736 if (h == NULL)
4737 goto final_link_relocate;
4738
4739 /* We don't want to warn on calls to undefined weak symbols,
4740 as calls to them must be protected by non-NULL tests
4741 anyway, and unprotected calls would invoke undefined
4742 behavior. */
4743 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4744 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4745
4746 if (h->forced_local)
4747 goto final_link_relocate;
4748
4749 if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4750 {
4751 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
4752 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
4753 using -Bsymbolic. */
4754 goto final_link_relocate;
4755 }
4756
4757 BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
4758 check_segment[1] = plt_segment;
4759 relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
4760 + splt->output_offset
4761 + h->plt.offset);
4762
4763 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4764 relocation++;
4765 #endif
4766
4767 addend = rel->r_addend;
4768
4769 goto final_link_relocate;
4770
4771 /* Relocation is to the canonical function descriptor for this
4772 symbol, possibly via the GOT. Initialize the GOT
4773 entry and function descriptor if necessary. */
4774 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
4775 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
4776 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
4777 {
4778 int dynindx = -1;
4779 asection *reloc_section;
4780 bfd_vma reloc_offset;
4781 int reloc_type = R_SH_FUNCDESC;
4782
4783 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4784
4785 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4786
4787 /* FIXME: See what FRV does for global symbols in the
4788 executable, with --export-dynamic. Do they need ld.so
4789 to allocate official descriptors? See what this code
4790 does. */
4791
4792 relocation = 0;
4793 addend = 0;
4794
4795 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4796 {
4797 reloc_section = input_section;
4798 reloc_offset = rel->r_offset;
4799 }
4800 else
4801 {
4802 reloc_section = sgot;
4803
4804 if (h != NULL)
4805 reloc_offset = h->got.offset;
4806 else
4807 {
4808 BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL);
4809 reloc_offset = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4810 }
4811 BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE);
4812
4813 if (reloc_offset & 1)
4814 {
4815 reloc_offset &= ~1;
4816 goto funcdesc_done_got;
4817 }
4818 }
4819
4820 if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4821 && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4822 || !htab->root.dynamic_sections_created))
4823 /* Undefined weak symbol which will not be dynamically
4824 resolved later; leave it at zero. */
4825 goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
4826 else if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4827 && ! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4828 {
4829 /* If the symbol needs a non-local function descriptor
4830 but binds locally (i.e., its visibility is
4831 protected), emit a dynamic relocation decayed to
4832 section+offset. This is an optimization; the dynamic
4833 linker would resolve our function descriptor request
4834 to our copy of the function anyway. */
4835 dynindx = elf_section_data (h->root.u.def.section
4836 ->output_section)->dynindx;
4837 relocation += h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
4838 + h->root.u.def.value;
4839 }
4840 else if (! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4841 {
4842 /* If the symbol is dynamic and there will be dynamic
4843 symbol resolution because we are or are linked with a
4844 shared library, emit a FUNCDESC relocation such that
4845 the dynamic linker will allocate the function
4846 descriptor. */
4847 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4848 dynindx = h->dynindx;
4849 }
4850 else
4851 {
4852 bfd_vma offset;
4853
4854 /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
4855 descriptor, so reference it directly. */
4856 reloc_type = R_SH_DIR32;
4857 dynindx = elf_section_data (htab->sfuncdesc
4858 ->output_section)->dynindx;
4859
4860 if (h)
4861 {
4862 offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
4863 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4864 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4865 {
4866 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
4867 offset, NULL, 0))
4868 return FALSE;
4869 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
4870 }
4871 }
4872 else
4873 {
4874 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
4875
4876 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
4877 offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
4878 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4879 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4880 {
4881 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
4882 offset, sec,
4883 sym->st_value))
4884 return FALSE;
4885 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
4886 }
4887 }
4888
4889 relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
4890 }
4891
4892 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4893 {
4894 bfd_vma offset;
4895
4896 if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4897 reloc_section->output_section))
4898 {
4899 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4900 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
4901 input_bfd,
4902 input_section,
4903 (long) rel->r_offset,
4904 symname);
4905 return FALSE;
4906 }
4907
4908 offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4909 reloc_section, reloc_offset);
4910
4911 if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4912 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4913 offset
4914 + reloc_section->output_section->vma
4915 + reloc_section->output_offset);
4916 }
4917 else if ((reloc_section->output_section->flags
4918 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
4919 {
4920 bfd_vma offset;
4921
4922 if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4923 reloc_section->output_section))
4924 {
4925 info->callbacks->warning
4926 (info,
4927 _("cannot emit dynamic relocations in read-only section"),
4928 symname, input_bfd, reloc_section, reloc_offset);
4929 return FALSE;
4930 }
4931
4932 if (srelgot == NULL)
4933 {
4934 srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
4935 BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
4936 }
4937
4938 offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4939 reloc_section, reloc_offset);
4940
4941 if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4942 sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, srelgot,
4943 offset
4944 + reloc_section->output_section->vma
4945 + reloc_section->output_offset,
4946 reloc_type, dynindx, relocation);
4947
4948 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4949 {
4950 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
4951 break;
4952 }
4953 else
4954 {
4955 relocation = 0;
4956 goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
4957 }
4958 }
4959
4960 if (SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4961 relocation += htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma;
4962 funcdesc_leave_zero:
4963 if (r_type != R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4964 {
4965 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
4966 reloc_section->contents + reloc_offset);
4967 if (h != NULL)
4968 h->got.offset |= 1;
4969 else
4970 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
4971
4972 funcdesc_done_got:
4973
4974 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + reloc_offset;
4975 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4976 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4977 #endif
4978 }
4979 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20)
4980 {
4981 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4982 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4983 rel->r_offset);
4984 break;
4985 }
4986 else
4987 goto final_link_relocate;
4988 }
4989 break;
4990
4991 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
4992 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
4993 /* FIXME: See R_SH_FUNCDESC comment about global symbols in the
4994 executable and --export-dynamic. If such symbols get
4995 ld.so-allocated descriptors we can not use R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
4996 for them. */
4997 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4998
4999 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5000 relocation = 0;
5001 addend = rel->r_addend;
5002
5003 if (h && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5004 || !SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)))
5005 {
5006 _bfd_error_handler
5007 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s relocation against external symbol \"%s\""),
5008 input_bfd, input_section, (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
5009 h->root.root.string);
5010 return FALSE;
5011 }
5012 else
5013 {
5014 bfd_vma offset;
5015
5016 /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
5017 descriptor, so reference it directly. */
5018 if (h)
5019 {
5020 offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
5021 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
5022 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
5023 {
5024 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
5025 offset, NULL, 0))
5026 return FALSE;
5027 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
5028 }
5029 }
5030 else
5031 {
5032 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
5033
5034 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
5035 offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
5036 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
5037 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
5038 {
5039 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
5040 offset, sec,
5041 sym->st_value))
5042 return FALSE;
5043 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
5044 }
5045 }
5046
5047 relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
5048 }
5049
5050 relocation -= (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
5051 + sgotplt->output_offset);
5052 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
5053 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
5054 #endif
5055
5056 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20)
5057 {
5058 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
5059 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5060 rel->r_offset);
5061 break;
5062 }
5063 else
5064 goto final_link_relocate;
5065
5066 case R_SH_LOOP_START:
5067 {
5068 static bfd_vma start, end;
5069
5070 start = (relocation + rel->r_addend
5071 - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
5072 r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5073 rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
5074 break;
5075
5076 case R_SH_LOOP_END:
5077 end = (relocation + rel->r_addend
5078 - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
5079 r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5080 rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
5081 break;
5082 }
5083
5084 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5085 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5086 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5087 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5088 r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
5089 got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
5090 if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
5091 got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
5092 else if (h != NULL)
5093 {
5094 got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
5095 if (! info->shared
5096 && (h->dynindx == -1
5097 || h->def_regular))
5098 r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5099 }
5100
5101 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 && got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
5102 r_type = R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
5103
5104 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_LE_32)
5105 {
5106 bfd_vma offset;
5107 unsigned short insn;
5108
5109 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
5110 {
5111 /* GD->LE transition:
5112 mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5113 jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5114 1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5115 We change it into:
5116 mov.l 1f,r4; stc gbr,r0; add r4,r0; nop;
5117 nop; nop; ...
5118 1: .long x@TPOFF; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:. */
5119
5120 offset = rel->r_offset;
5121 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5122 /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18. */
5123 offset -= 16;
5124 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5125 if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5126 {
5127 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5128 offset -= 2;
5129 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5130 }
5131
5132 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5133 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5134 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5135 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5136 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5137 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5138 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5139 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5140 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5141 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5142 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5143
5144 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 2);
5145 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 4);
5146 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
5147 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5148 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5149 }
5150 else
5151 {
5152 int target;
5153
5154 /* IE->LE transition:
5155 mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,rN; mov.l @(r0,r12),rM;
5156 bra 2f; add ...; .align 2; 1: x@GOTTPOFF; 2:
5157 We change it into:
5158 mov.l .Ln,rM; stc gbr,rN; nop; ...;
5159 1: x@TPOFF; 2:. */
5160
5161 offset = rel->r_offset;
5162 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5163 /* Size of IE instructions is 10 or 12. */
5164 offset -= 10;
5165 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5166 if ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012)
5167 {
5168 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5169 offset -= 2;
5170 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5171 }
5172
5173 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd000);
5174 target = insn & 0x00ff;
5175 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5176 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012);
5177 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5178 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x00ce);
5179 insn = 0xd000 | (insn & 0x0f00) | target;
5180 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn, contents + offset + 0);
5181 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
5182 }
5183
5184 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
5185 contents + rel->r_offset);
5186 continue;
5187 }
5188
5189 if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
5190 abort ();
5191
5192 if (h != NULL)
5193 off = h->got.offset;
5194 else
5195 {
5196 if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
5197 abort ();
5198
5199 off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
5200 }
5201
5202 /* Relocate R_SH_TLS_IE_32 directly when statically linking. */
5203 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
5204 && ! htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
5205 {
5206 off &= ~1;
5207 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
5208 sgot->contents + off);
5209 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
5210 contents + rel->r_offset);
5211 continue;
5212 }
5213
5214 if ((off & 1) != 0)
5215 off &= ~1;
5216 else
5217 {
5218 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5219 bfd_byte *loc;
5220 int dr_type, indx;
5221
5222 if (srelgot == NULL)
5223 {
5224 srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
5225 BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
5226 }
5227
5228 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
5229 + sgot->output_offset + off);
5230
5231 if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
5232 indx = 0;
5233 else
5234 indx = h->dynindx;
5235
5236 dr_type = (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 ? R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 :
5237 R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
5238 if (dr_type == R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0)
5239 outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
5240 else
5241 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5242 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type);
5243 loc = srelgot->contents;
5244 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5245 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5246
5247 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
5248 {
5249 if (indx == 0)
5250 {
5251 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
5252 relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
5253 sgot->contents + off + 4);
5254 }
5255 else
5256 {
5257 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx,
5258 R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32);
5259 outrel.r_offset += 4;
5260 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5261 srelgot->reloc_count++;
5262 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5263 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5264 }
5265 }
5266
5267 if (h != NULL)
5268 h->got.offset |= 1;
5269 else
5270 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
5271 }
5272
5273 if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
5274 abort ();
5275
5276 if (r_type == (int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5277 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
5278 else
5279 {
5280 bfd_vma offset;
5281 unsigned short insn;
5282
5283 /* GD->IE transition:
5284 mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5285 jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5286 1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5287 We change it into:
5288 mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,r4; mov.l @(r0,r12),r0; add r4,r0;
5289 nop; nop; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5290 1: .long x@TPOFF; 2:...; 3:. */
5291
5292 offset = rel->r_offset;
5293 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5294 /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18. */
5295 offset -= 16;
5296 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5297 if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5298 {
5299 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5300 offset -= 2;
5301 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5302 }
5303
5304 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5305
5306 /* Replace mov.l 1f,R4 with mov.l 1f,r0. */
5307 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn & 0xf0ff, contents + offset);
5308
5309 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5310 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5311 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5312 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5313 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5314 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5315 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5316 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5317 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5318 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5319
5320 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0412, contents + offset + 2);
5321 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x00ce, contents + offset + 4);
5322 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 6);
5323 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5324 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5325
5326 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
5327 contents + rel->r_offset);
5328
5329 continue;
5330 }
5331
5332 addend = rel->r_addend;
5333
5334 goto final_link_relocate;
5335
5336 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5337 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5338 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5339 if (! info->shared)
5340 {
5341 bfd_vma offset;
5342 unsigned short insn;
5343
5344 /* LD->LE transition:
5345 mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5346 jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5347 1: .long x$TLSLD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5348 We change it into:
5349 stc gbr,r0; nop; nop; nop;
5350 nop; nop; bra 3f; ...; 3:. */
5351
5352 offset = rel->r_offset;
5353 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5354 /* Size of LD instructions is 16 or 18. */
5355 offset -= 16;
5356 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5357 if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5358 {
5359 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5360 offset -= 2;
5361 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5362 }
5363
5364 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5365 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5366 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5367 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5368 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5369 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5370 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5371 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5372 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5373 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5374 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5375
5376 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 0);
5377 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 2);
5378 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
5379 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
5380 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5381 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5382
5383 continue;
5384 }
5385
5386 if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
5387 abort ();
5388
5389 off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset;
5390 if (off & 1)
5391 off &= ~1;
5392 else
5393 {
5394 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5395 bfd_byte *loc;
5396
5397 srelgot = htab->srelgot;
5398 if (srelgot == NULL)
5399 abort ();
5400
5401 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
5402 + sgot->output_offset + off);
5403 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5404 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32);
5405 loc = srelgot->contents;
5406 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5407 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5408 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
5409 }
5410
5411 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
5412 addend = rel->r_addend;
5413
5414 goto final_link_relocate;
5415
5416 case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
5417 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5418 if (! info->shared)
5419 relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
5420 else
5421 relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
5422
5423 addend = rel->r_addend;
5424 goto final_link_relocate;
5425
5426 case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
5427 {
5428 int indx;
5429 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5430 bfd_byte *loc;
5431
5432 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5433
5434 if (! info->shared || info->pie)
5435 {
5436 relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
5437 addend = rel->r_addend;
5438 goto final_link_relocate;
5439 }
5440
5441 if (sreloc == NULL)
5442 {
5443 sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
5444 (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
5445 if (sreloc == NULL)
5446 return FALSE;
5447 }
5448
5449 if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
5450 indx = 0;
5451 else
5452 indx = h->dynindx;
5453
5454 outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
5455 + input_section->output_offset
5456 + rel->r_offset);
5457 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
5458 if (indx == 0)
5459 outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
5460 else
5461 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5462
5463 loc = sreloc->contents;
5464 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5465 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5466 continue;
5467 }
5468 }
5469
5470 relocation_done:
5471 if (fdpic_p && check_segment[0] != (unsigned) -1
5472 && check_segment[0] != check_segment[1])
5473 {
5474 /* We don't want duplicate errors for undefined symbols. */
5475 if (!h || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5476 {
5477 if (info->shared)
5478 {
5479 info->callbacks->einfo
5480 (_("%X%C: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5481 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5482 return FALSE;
5483 }
5484 else
5485 info->callbacks->einfo
5486 (_("%C: warning: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5487 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5488 }
5489
5490 elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_PIC;
5491 }
5492
5493 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
5494 {
5495 switch (r)
5496 {
5497 default:
5498 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
5499 abort ();
5500 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
5501 {
5502 const char *name;
5503
5504 if (h != NULL)
5505 name = NULL;
5506 else
5507 {
5508 name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
5509 (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
5510 if (name == NULL)
5511 return FALSE;
5512 if (*name == '\0')
5513 name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
5514 }
5515 if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
5516 (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
5517 (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section,
5518 rel->r_offset)))
5519 return FALSE;
5520 }
5521 break;
5522 }
5523 }
5524 }
5525
5526 return TRUE;
5527 }
5528
5529 /* This is a version of bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
5530 which uses sh_elf_relocate_section. */
5531
5532 static bfd_byte *
5533 sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (bfd *output_bfd,
5534 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
5535 struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
5536 bfd_byte *data,
5537 bfd_boolean relocatable,
5538 asymbol **symbols)
5539 {
5540 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5541 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
5542 bfd *input_bfd = input_section->owner;
5543 asection **sections = NULL;
5544 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
5545 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
5546
5547 /* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a
5548 particular set of section contents, specially. */
5549 if (relocatable
5550 || elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL)
5551 return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info,
5552 link_order, data,
5553 relocatable,
5554 symbols);
5555
5556 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
5557
5558 memcpy (data, elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents,
5559 (size_t) input_section->size);
5560
5561 if ((input_section->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
5562 && input_section->reloc_count > 0)
5563 {
5564 asection **secpp;
5565 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, *isymend;
5566 bfd_size_type amt;
5567
5568 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
5569 (input_bfd, input_section, NULL,
5570 (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, FALSE));
5571 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
5572 goto error_return;
5573
5574 if (symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
5575 {
5576 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
5577 if (isymbuf == NULL)
5578 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
5579 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
5580 NULL, NULL, NULL);
5581 if (isymbuf == NULL)
5582 goto error_return;
5583 }
5584
5585 amt = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5586 amt *= sizeof (asection *);
5587 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt);
5588 if (sections == NULL && amt != 0)
5589 goto error_return;
5590
5591 isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5592 for (isym = isymbuf, secpp = sections; isym < isymend; ++isym, ++secpp)
5593 {
5594 asection *isec;
5595
5596 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
5597 isec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
5598 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
5599 isec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5600 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
5601 isec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
5602 else
5603 isec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, isym->st_shndx);
5604
5605 *secpp = isec;
5606 }
5607
5608 if (! sh_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, link_info, input_bfd,
5609 input_section, data, internal_relocs,
5610 isymbuf, sections))
5611 goto error_return;
5612
5613 if (sections != NULL)
5614 free (sections);
5615 if (isymbuf != NULL
5616 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5617 free (isymbuf);
5618 if (elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5619 free (internal_relocs);
5620 }
5621
5622 return data;
5623
5624 error_return:
5625 if (sections != NULL)
5626 free (sections);
5627 if (isymbuf != NULL
5628 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5629 free (isymbuf);
5630 if (internal_relocs != NULL
5631 && elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5632 free (internal_relocs);
5633 return NULL;
5634 }
5635
5636 /* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
5637 when resolving @dtpoff relocation.
5638 This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr. */
5639
5640 static bfd_vma
5641 dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
5642 {
5643 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
5644 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5645 return 0;
5646 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
5647 }
5648
5649 /* Return the relocation value for R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32.. */
5650
5651 static bfd_vma
5652 tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
5653 {
5654 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
5655 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5656 return 0;
5657 /* SH TLS ABI is variant I and static TLS block start just after tcbhead
5658 structure which has 2 pointer fields. */
5659 return (address - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma
5660 + align_power ((bfd_vma) 8,
5661 elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->alignment_power));
5662 }
5663
5664 static asection *
5665 sh_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
5666 struct bfd_link_info *info,
5667 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
5668 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
5669 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
5670 {
5671 if (h != NULL)
5672 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5673 {
5674 case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5675 case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
5676 return NULL;
5677 }
5678
5679 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
5680 }
5681
5682 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
5683
5684 static bfd_boolean
5685 sh_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
5686 asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
5687 {
5688 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5689 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
5690 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
5691 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
5692 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
5693
5694 if (info->relocatable)
5695 return TRUE;
5696
5697 elf_section_data (sec)->local_dynrel = NULL;
5698
5699 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
5700 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
5701 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
5702 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
5703
5704 relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
5705 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
5706 {
5707 unsigned long r_symndx;
5708 unsigned int r_type;
5709 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
5710 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5711 int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
5712 #endif
5713
5714 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
5715 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
5716 {
5717 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5718 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
5719 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
5720
5721 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
5722 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5723 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5724 {
5725 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5726 seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
5727 #endif
5728 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
5729 }
5730 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5731 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->next)
5732 if (p->sec == sec)
5733 {
5734 /* Everything must go for SEC. */
5735 *pp = p->next;
5736 break;
5737 }
5738 }
5739
5740 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
5741 switch (sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h != NULL))
5742 {
5743 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5744 if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
5745 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount -= 1;
5746 break;
5747
5748 case R_SH_GOT32:
5749 case R_SH_GOT20:
5750 case R_SH_GOTOFF:
5751 case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
5752 case R_SH_GOTPC:
5753 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5754 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
5755 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
5756 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
5757 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
5758 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
5759 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
5760 case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
5761 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
5762 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
5763 case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
5764 case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
5765 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
5766 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
5767 case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
5768 #endif
5769 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5770 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5771 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
5772 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
5773 if (h != NULL)
5774 {
5775 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5776 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
5777 {
5778 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5779 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5780 if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
5781 eh->datalabel_got.refcount -= 1;
5782 }
5783 else
5784 #endif
5785 if (h->got.refcount > 0)
5786 h->got.refcount -= 1;
5787 }
5788 else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
5789 {
5790 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5791 if (rel->r_addend & 1)
5792 {
5793 if (local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] > 0)
5794 local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] -= 1;
5795 }
5796 else
5797 #endif
5798 if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
5799 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
5800 }
5801 break;
5802
5803 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
5804 if (h != NULL)
5805 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount -= 1;
5806 else if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
5807 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->srofixup->size -= 4;
5808
5809 /* Fall through. */
5810
5811 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5812 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5813 if (h != NULL)
5814 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount -= 1;
5815 else
5816 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount -= 1;
5817 break;
5818
5819 case R_SH_DIR32:
5820 if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->shared
5821 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5822 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->srofixup->size -= 4;
5823 /* Fall thru */
5824
5825 case R_SH_REL32:
5826 if (info->shared)
5827 break;
5828 /* Fall thru */
5829
5830 case R_SH_PLT32:
5831 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5832 case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
5833 case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
5834 case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
5835 case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
5836 #endif
5837 if (h != NULL)
5838 {
5839 if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
5840 h->plt.refcount -= 1;
5841 }
5842 break;
5843
5844 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
5845 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5846 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
5847 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
5848 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
5849 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
5850 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
5851 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
5852 #endif
5853 if (h != NULL)
5854 {
5855 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5856 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5857 if (eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
5858 {
5859 eh->gotplt_refcount -= 1;
5860 if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
5861 h->plt.refcount -= 1;
5862 }
5863 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5864 else if (seen_stt_datalabel)
5865 {
5866 if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
5867 eh->datalabel_got.refcount -= 1;
5868 }
5869 #endif
5870 else if (h->got.refcount > 0)
5871 h->got.refcount -= 1;
5872 }
5873 else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
5874 {
5875 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5876 if (rel->r_addend & 1)
5877 {
5878 if (local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] > 0)
5879 local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] -= 1;
5880 }
5881 else
5882 #endif
5883 if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
5884 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
5885 }
5886 break;
5887
5888 default:
5889 break;
5890 }
5891 }
5892
5893 return TRUE;
5894 }
5895
5896 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
5897
5898 static void
5899 sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5900 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
5901 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
5902 {
5903 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
5904
5905 edir = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) dir;
5906 eind = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) ind;
5907
5908 if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
5909 {
5910 if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
5911 {
5912 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
5913 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
5914
5915 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
5916 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
5917 for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
5918 {
5919 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *q;
5920
5921 for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
5922 if (q->sec == p->sec)
5923 {
5924 q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
5925 q->count += p->count;
5926 *pp = p->next;
5927 break;
5928 }
5929 if (q == NULL)
5930 pp = &p->next;
5931 }
5932 *pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
5933 }
5934
5935 edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
5936 eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5937 }
5938 edir->gotplt_refcount = eind->gotplt_refcount;
5939 eind->gotplt_refcount = 0;
5940 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5941 edir->datalabel_got.refcount += eind->datalabel_got.refcount;
5942 eind->datalabel_got.refcount = 0;
5943 #endif
5944 edir->funcdesc.refcount += eind->funcdesc.refcount;
5945 eind->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
5946 edir->abs_funcdesc_refcount += eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount;
5947 eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
5948
5949 if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5950 && dir->got.refcount <= 0)
5951 {
5952 edir->got_type = eind->got_type;
5953 eind->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
5954 }
5955
5956 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect
5957 && dir->dynamic_adjusted)
5958 {
5959 /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing
5960 of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref.
5961 We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS. */
5962 dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
5963 dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
5964 dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
5965 dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
5966 }
5967 else
5968 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
5969 }
5970
5971 static int
5972 sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type,
5973 int is_local)
5974 {
5975 if (info->shared)
5976 return r_type;
5977
5978 switch (r_type)
5979 {
5980 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5981 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5982 if (is_local)
5983 return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5984 return R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
5985 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5986 return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5987 }
5988
5989 return r_type;
5990 }
5991
5992 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase.
5993 Since we don't do .gots or .plts, we just need to consider the
5994 virtual table relocs for gc. */
5995
5996 static bfd_boolean
5997 sh_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *sec,
5998 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
5999 {
6000 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6001 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
6002 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
6003 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
6004 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
6005 asection *sreloc;
6006 unsigned int r_type;
6007 enum got_type got_type, old_got_type;
6008
6009 sreloc = NULL;
6010
6011 if (info->relocatable)
6012 return TRUE;
6013
6014 BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (abfd));
6015
6016 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
6017 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
6018
6019 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6020 if (htab == NULL)
6021 return FALSE;
6022
6023 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
6024 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
6025 {
6026 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6027 unsigned long r_symndx;
6028 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6029 int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
6030 #endif
6031
6032 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
6033 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
6034
6035 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
6036 h = NULL;
6037 else
6038 {
6039 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
6040 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6041 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
6042 {
6043 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6044 seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
6045 #endif
6046 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
6047 }
6048
6049 /* PR15323, ref flags aren't set for references in the same
6050 object. */
6051 h->root.non_ir_ref = 1;
6052 }
6053
6054 r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
6055 if (! info->shared
6056 && r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
6057 && h != NULL
6058 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined
6059 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6060 && (h->dynindx == -1
6061 || h->def_regular))
6062 r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
6063
6064 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6065 switch (r_type)
6066 {
6067 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6068 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6069 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6070 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6071 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6072 if (h != NULL)
6073 {
6074 if (h->dynindx == -1)
6075 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
6076 {
6077 case STV_INTERNAL:
6078 case STV_HIDDEN:
6079 break;
6080 default:
6081 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
6082 break;
6083 }
6084 }
6085 break;
6086 }
6087
6088 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
6089 if (htab->sgot == NULL)
6090 {
6091 switch (r_type)
6092 {
6093 case R_SH_DIR32:
6094 /* This may require an rofixup. */
6095 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
6096 break;
6097 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
6098 case R_SH_GOT32:
6099 case R_SH_GOT20:
6100 case R_SH_GOTOFF:
6101 case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
6102 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6103 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6104 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6105 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6106 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6107 case R_SH_GOTPC:
6108 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6109 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
6110 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
6111 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
6112 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
6113 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
6114 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
6115 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
6116 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
6117 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
6118 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
6119 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
6120 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
6121 case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
6122 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
6123 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
6124 case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
6125 case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
6126 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
6127 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
6128 case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
6129 #endif
6130 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6131 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6132 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6133 if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
6134 htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
6135 if (!create_got_section (htab->root.dynobj, info))
6136 return FALSE;
6137 break;
6138
6139 default:
6140 break;
6141 }
6142 }
6143
6144 switch (r_type)
6145 {
6146 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
6147 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
6148 case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
6149 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
6150 return FALSE;
6151 break;
6152
6153 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
6154 used. Record for later use during GC. */
6155 case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
6156 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
6157 if (h != NULL
6158 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
6159 return FALSE;
6160 break;
6161
6162 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6163 if (info->shared)
6164 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
6165
6166 /* FALLTHROUGH */
6167 force_got:
6168 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6169 case R_SH_GOT32:
6170 case R_SH_GOT20:
6171 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6172 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
6173 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
6174 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
6175 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
6176 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
6177 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
6178 #endif
6179 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6180 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6181 switch (r_type)
6182 {
6183 default:
6184 got_type = GOT_NORMAL;
6185 break;
6186 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6187 got_type = GOT_TLS_GD;
6188 break;
6189 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6190 got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
6191 break;
6192 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6193 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6194 got_type = GOT_FUNCDESC;
6195 break;
6196 }
6197
6198 if (h != NULL)
6199 {
6200 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6201 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
6202 {
6203 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh
6204 = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
6205
6206 eh->datalabel_got.refcount += 1;
6207 }
6208 else
6209 #endif
6210 h->got.refcount += 1;
6211 old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
6212 }
6213 else
6214 {
6215 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
6216
6217 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local
6218 symbol. */
6219 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
6220 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
6221 {
6222 bfd_size_type size;
6223
6224 size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6225 size *= sizeof (bfd_signed_vma);
6226 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6227 /* Reserve space for both the datalabel and
6228 codelabel local GOT offsets. */
6229 size *= 2;
6230 #endif
6231 size += symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6232 local_got_refcounts = ((bfd_signed_vma *)
6233 bfd_zalloc (abfd, size));
6234 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
6235 return FALSE;
6236 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
6237 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6238 /* Take care of both the datalabel and codelabel local
6239 GOT offsets. */
6240 sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
6241 = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + 2 * symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6242 #else
6243 sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
6244 = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6245 #endif
6246 }
6247 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6248 if (rel->r_addend & 1)
6249 local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] += 1;
6250 else
6251 #endif
6252 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
6253 old_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
6254 }
6255
6256 /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once,
6257 there is no point to use dynamic model for it. */
6258 if (old_got_type != got_type && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN
6259 && (old_got_type != GOT_TLS_GD || got_type != GOT_TLS_IE))
6260 {
6261 if (old_got_type == GOT_TLS_IE && got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
6262 got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
6263 else
6264 {
6265 if ((old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
6266 && (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_NORMAL))
6267 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6268 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
6269 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6270 else if (old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC
6271 || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
6272 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6273 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
6274 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6275 else
6276 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6277 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and thread local symbol"),
6278 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6279 return FALSE;
6280 }
6281 }
6282
6283 if (old_got_type != got_type)
6284 {
6285 if (h != NULL)
6286 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type = got_type;
6287 else
6288 sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = got_type;
6289 }
6290
6291 break;
6292
6293 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6294 sh_elf_hash_table(info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1;
6295 break;
6296
6297 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6298 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6299 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6300 if (rel->r_addend)
6301 {
6302 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6303 (_("%B: Function descriptor relocation with non-zero addend"),
6304 abfd);
6305 return FALSE;
6306 }
6307
6308 if (h == NULL)
6309 {
6310 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
6311
6312 /* We need a function descriptor for a local symbol. */
6313 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
6314 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
6315 {
6316 bfd_size_type size;
6317
6318 size = symtab_hdr->sh_info * sizeof (union gotref);
6319 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6320 /* Count datalabel local GOT. */
6321 size *= 2;
6322 #endif
6323 local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
6324 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
6325 return FALSE;
6326 sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd) = local_funcdesc;
6327 }
6328 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount += 1;
6329
6330 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
6331 {
6332 if (!info->shared)
6333 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
6334 else
6335 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6336 }
6337 }
6338 else
6339 {
6340 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount++;
6341 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
6342 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount++;
6343
6344 /* If there is a function descriptor reference, then
6345 there should not be any non-FDPIC references. */
6346 old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
6347 if (old_got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN)
6348 {
6349 if (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL)
6350 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6351 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
6352 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6353 else
6354 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6355 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
6356 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6357 }
6358 }
6359 break;
6360
6361 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
6362 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6363 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
6364 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
6365 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
6366 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
6367 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
6368 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
6369 #endif
6370 /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
6371 creating a procedure linkage table entry. */
6372
6373 if (h == NULL
6374 || h->forced_local
6375 || ! info->shared
6376 || info->symbolic
6377 || h->dynindx == -1)
6378 goto force_got;
6379
6380 h->needs_plt = 1;
6381 h->plt.refcount += 1;
6382 ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_refcount += 1;
6383
6384 break;
6385
6386 case R_SH_PLT32:
6387 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6388 case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
6389 case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
6390 case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
6391 case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
6392 #endif
6393 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. We
6394 actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
6395 because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
6396 never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
6397 don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
6398 after all. */
6399
6400 /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
6401 creating a procedure linkage table entry. */
6402 if (h == NULL)
6403 continue;
6404
6405 if (h->forced_local)
6406 break;
6407
6408 h->needs_plt = 1;
6409 h->plt.refcount += 1;
6410 break;
6411
6412 case R_SH_DIR32:
6413 case R_SH_REL32:
6414 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6415 case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
6416 case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
6417 case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
6418 case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
6419 #endif
6420 if (h != NULL && ! info->shared)
6421 {
6422 h->non_got_ref = 1;
6423 h->plt.refcount += 1;
6424 }
6425
6426 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
6427 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
6428 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
6429 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
6430 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
6431 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
6432 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
6433 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
6434 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
6435 later (it is never cleared). We account for that
6436 possibility below by storing information in the
6437 dyn_relocs field of the hash table entry. A similar
6438 situation occurs when creating shared libraries and symbol
6439 visibility changes render the symbol local.
6440
6441 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
6442 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
6443 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
6444 symbol. */
6445 if ((info->shared
6446 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6447 && (r_type != R_SH_REL32
6448 || (h != NULL
6449 && (! info->symbolic
6450 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6451 || !h->def_regular))))
6452 || (! info->shared
6453 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6454 && h != NULL
6455 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6456 || !h->def_regular)))
6457 {
6458 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
6459 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **head;
6460
6461 if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
6462 htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
6463
6464 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
6465 reloc types into the output file. We create a reloc
6466 section in dynobj and make room for this reloc. */
6467 if (sreloc == NULL)
6468 {
6469 sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
6470 (sec, htab->root.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
6471
6472 if (sreloc == NULL)
6473 return FALSE;
6474 }
6475
6476 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
6477 relocations we need for this symbol. */
6478 if (h != NULL)
6479 head = &((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs;
6480 else
6481 {
6482 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too. */
6483 asection *s;
6484 void *vpp;
6485 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
6486
6487 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
6488 abfd, r_symndx);
6489 if (isym == NULL)
6490 return FALSE;
6491
6492 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
6493 if (s == NULL)
6494 s = sec;
6495
6496 vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
6497 head = (struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
6498 }
6499
6500 p = *head;
6501 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
6502 {
6503 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*p);
6504 p = bfd_alloc (htab->root.dynobj, amt);
6505 if (p == NULL)
6506 return FALSE;
6507 p->next = *head;
6508 *head = p;
6509 p->sec = sec;
6510 p->count = 0;
6511 p->pc_count = 0;
6512 }
6513
6514 p->count += 1;
6515 if (r_type == R_SH_REL32
6516 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6517 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
6518 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
6519 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
6520 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL
6521 #endif
6522 )
6523 p->pc_count += 1;
6524 }
6525
6526 /* Allocate the fixup regardless of whether we need a relocation.
6527 If we end up generating the relocation, we'll unallocate the
6528 fixup. */
6529 if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared
6530 && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
6531 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6532 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
6533 break;
6534
6535 case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
6536 if (info->shared && !info->pie)
6537 {
6538 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6539 (_("%B: TLS local exec code cannot be linked into shared objects"),
6540 abfd);
6541 return FALSE;
6542 }
6543
6544 break;
6545
6546 case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
6547 /* Nothing to do. */
6548 break;
6549
6550 default:
6551 break;
6552 }
6553 }
6554
6555 return TRUE;
6556 }
6557
6558 #ifndef sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags
6559 static unsigned int sh_ef_bfd_table[] = { EF_SH_BFD_TABLE };
6560
6561 static bfd_boolean
6562 sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (bfd *abfd)
6563 {
6564 flagword flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
6565
6566 if (flags >= sizeof(sh_ef_bfd_table))
6567 return FALSE;
6568
6569 if (sh_ef_bfd_table[flags] == 0)
6570 return FALSE;
6571
6572 bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sh, sh_ef_bfd_table[flags]);
6573
6574 return TRUE;
6575 }
6576
6577
6578 /* Reverse table lookup for sh_ef_bfd_table[].
6579 Given a bfd MACH value from archures.c
6580 return the equivalent ELF flags from the table.
6581 Return -1 if no match is found. */
6582
6583 int
6584 sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (unsigned long mach)
6585 {
6586 int i = ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table) - 1;
6587
6588 for (; i>0; i--)
6589 if (sh_ef_bfd_table[i] == mach)
6590 return i;
6591
6592 /* shouldn't get here */
6593 BFD_FAIL();
6594
6595 return -1;
6596 }
6597 #endif /* not sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags */
6598
6599 #ifndef sh_elf_copy_private_data
6600 /* Copy backend specific data from one object module to another */
6601
6602 static bfd_boolean
6603 sh_elf_copy_private_data (bfd * ibfd, bfd * obfd)
6604 {
6605 if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
6606 return TRUE;
6607
6608 if (! _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
6609 return FALSE;
6610
6611 return sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
6612 }
6613 #endif /* not sh_elf_copy_private_data */
6614
6615 #ifndef sh_elf_merge_private_data
6616
6617 /* This function returns the ELF architecture number that
6618 corresponds to the given arch_sh* flags. */
6619
6620 int
6621 sh_find_elf_flags (unsigned int arch_set)
6622 {
6623 extern unsigned long sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (unsigned int);
6624 unsigned long bfd_mach = sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (arch_set);
6625
6626 return sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_mach);
6627 }
6628
6629 /* This routine initialises the elf flags when required and
6630 calls sh_merge_bfd_arch() to check dsp/fpu compatibility. */
6631
6632 static bfd_boolean
6633 sh_elf_merge_private_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6634 {
6635 extern bfd_boolean sh_merge_bfd_arch (bfd *, bfd *);
6636
6637 if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
6638 return TRUE;
6639
6640 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
6641 {
6642 /* This happens when ld starts out with a 'blank' output file. */
6643 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
6644 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
6645 sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
6646 if (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
6647 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_SH_PIC;
6648 }
6649
6650 if (! sh_merge_bfd_arch (ibfd, obfd))
6651 {
6652 _bfd_error_handler ("%B: uses instructions which are incompatible "
6653 "with instructions used in previous modules",
6654 ibfd);
6655 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6656 return FALSE;
6657 }
6658
6659 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
6660 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |=
6661 sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd));
6662
6663 if (fdpic_object_p (ibfd) != fdpic_object_p (obfd))
6664 {
6665 _bfd_error_handler ("%B: attempt to mix FDPIC and non-FDPIC objects",
6666 ibfd);
6667 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6668 return FALSE;
6669 }
6670
6671 return TRUE;
6672 }
6673 #endif /* not sh_elf_merge_private_data */
6674
6675 /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
6676 as the specific tdata. We set also the machine architecture from flags
6677 here. */
6678
6679 static bfd_boolean
6680 sh_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
6681 {
6682 if (! sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd))
6683 return FALSE;
6684
6685 return (((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC) != 0)
6686 == fdpic_object_p (abfd));
6687 }
6688
6689 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
6690 dynamic sections here. */
6691
6692 static bfd_boolean
6693 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
6694 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6695 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
6696 {
6697 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
6698
6699 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6700 if (htab == NULL)
6701 return FALSE;
6702
6703 if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
6704 {
6705 asection *splt;
6706 asection *sgotplt;
6707 asection *srelplt;
6708
6709 bfd_vma plt_index;
6710 bfd_vma got_offset;
6711 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6712 bfd_byte *loc;
6713 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
6714
6715 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. Set
6716 it up. */
6717
6718 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
6719
6720 splt = htab->splt;
6721 sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
6722 srelplt = htab->srelplt;
6723 BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgotplt != NULL && srelplt != NULL);
6724
6725 /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
6726 corresponds to this symbol. This is the index of this symbol
6727 in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries. The
6728 first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved. */
6729 plt_index = get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset);
6730
6731 plt_info = htab->plt_info;
6732 if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL && plt_index <= MAX_SHORT_PLT)
6733 plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
6734
6735 /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
6736 corresponds to this function. */
6737 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6738 /* The offset must be relative to the GOT symbol, twelve bytes
6739 before the end of .got.plt. Each descriptor is eight
6740 bytes. */
6741 got_offset = plt_index * 8 + 12 - sgotplt->size;
6742 else
6743 /* Each .got entry is 4 bytes. The first three are
6744 reserved. */
6745 got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
6746
6747 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6748 if (info->shared)
6749 got_offset -= GOT_BIAS;
6750 #endif
6751
6752 /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table. */
6753 memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset,
6754 plt_info->symbol_entry,
6755 plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6756
6757 if (info->shared || htab->fdpic_p)
6758 {
6759 if (plt_info->symbol_fields.got20)
6760 {
6761 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
6762 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, got_offset,
6763 splt->owner, splt, splt->contents,
6764 h->plt.offset
6765 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
6766 BFD_ASSERT (r == bfd_reloc_ok);
6767 }
6768 else
6769 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE, got_offset,
6770 (splt->contents
6771 + h->plt.offset
6772 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6773 }
6774 else
6775 {
6776 BFD_ASSERT (!plt_info->symbol_fields.got20);
6777
6778 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
6779 (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6780 + sgotplt->output_offset
6781 + got_offset),
6782 (splt->contents
6783 + h->plt.offset
6784 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6785 if (htab->vxworks_p)
6786 {
6787 unsigned int reachable_plts, plts_per_4k;
6788 int distance;
6789
6790 /* Divide the PLT into groups. The first group contains
6791 REACHABLE_PLTS entries and the other groups contain
6792 PLTS_PER_4K entries. Entries in the first group can
6793 branch directly to .plt; those in later groups branch
6794 to the last element of the previous group. */
6795 /* ??? It would be better to create multiple copies of
6796 the common resolver stub. */
6797 reachable_plts = ((4096
6798 - plt_info->plt0_entry_size
6799 - (plt_info->symbol_fields.plt + 4))
6800 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size) + 1;
6801 plts_per_4k = (4096 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6802 if (plt_index < reachable_plts)
6803 distance = -(h->plt.offset
6804 + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt);
6805 else
6806 distance = -(((plt_index - reachable_plts) % plts_per_4k + 1)
6807 * plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6808
6809 /* Install the 'bra' with this offset. */
6810 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
6811 0xa000 | (0x0fff & ((distance - 4) / 2)),
6812 (splt->contents
6813 + h->plt.offset
6814 + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6815 }
6816 else
6817 install_plt_field (output_bfd, TRUE,
6818 splt->output_section->vma + splt->output_offset,
6819 (splt->contents
6820 + h->plt.offset
6821 + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6822 }
6823
6824 /* Make got_offset relative to the start of .got.plt. */
6825 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6826 if (info->shared)
6827 got_offset += GOT_BIAS;
6828 #endif
6829 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6830 got_offset = plt_index * 8;
6831
6832 if (plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE)
6833 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
6834 plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
6835 (splt->contents
6836 + h->plt.offset
6837 + plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset));
6838
6839 /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table. */
6840 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6841 (splt->output_section->vma
6842 + splt->output_offset
6843 + h->plt.offset
6844 + plt_info->symbol_resolve_offset),
6845 sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
6846 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6847 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6848 sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
6849 htab->splt->output_section),
6850 sgotplt->contents + got_offset + 4);
6851
6852 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
6853 rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6854 + sgotplt->output_offset
6855 + got_offset);
6856 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6857 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE);
6858 else
6859 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_JMP_SLOT);
6860 rel.r_addend = 0;
6861 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6862 rel.r_addend = GOT_BIAS;
6863 #endif
6864 loc = srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6865 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6866
6867 if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared)
6868 {
6869 /* Create the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations for this PLT entry.
6870 Begin by pointing LOC to the first such relocation. */
6871 loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
6872 + (plt_index * 2 + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
6873
6874 /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation
6875 for the PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt entry. */
6876 rel.r_offset = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
6877 + htab->splt->output_offset
6878 + h->plt.offset
6879 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
6880 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
6881 rel.r_addend = got_offset;
6882 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6883 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6884
6885 /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for
6886 the .got.plt entry, which initially points to .plt. */
6887 rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6888 + sgotplt->output_offset
6889 + got_offset);
6890 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
6891 rel.r_addend = 0;
6892 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6893 }
6894
6895 if (!h->def_regular)
6896 {
6897 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
6898 the .plt section. Leave the value alone. */
6899 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
6900 }
6901 }
6902
6903 if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
6904 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_GD
6905 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_IE
6906 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC)
6907 {
6908 asection *sgot;
6909 asection *srelgot;
6910 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6911 bfd_byte *loc;
6912
6913 /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table. Set it
6914 up. */
6915
6916 sgot = htab->sgot;
6917 srelgot = htab->srelgot;
6918 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
6919
6920 rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
6921 + sgot->output_offset
6922 + (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
6923
6924 /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
6925 symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
6926 of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
6927 The entry in the global offset table will already have been
6928 initialized in the relocate_section function. */
6929 if (info->shared
6930 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
6931 {
6932 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6933 {
6934 asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
6935 int dynindx
6936 = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
6937
6938 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
6939 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
6940 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6941 }
6942 else
6943 {
6944 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
6945 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
6946 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
6947 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6948 }
6949 }
6950 else
6951 {
6952 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
6953 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
6954 rel.r_addend = 0;
6955 }
6956
6957 loc = srelgot->contents;
6958 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6959 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6960 }
6961
6962 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6963 {
6964 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
6965
6966 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
6967 if (eh->datalabel_got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
6968 {
6969 asection *sgot;
6970 asection *srelgot;
6971 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6972 bfd_byte *loc;
6973
6974 /* This symbol has a datalabel entry in the global offset table.
6975 Set it up. */
6976
6977 sgot = htab->sgot;
6978 srelgot = htab->srelgot;
6979 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
6980
6981 rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
6982 + sgot->output_offset
6983 + (eh->datalabel_got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
6984
6985 /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
6986 symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
6987 of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
6988 The entry in the global offset table will already have been
6989 initialized in the relocate_section function. */
6990 if (info->shared
6991 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
6992 {
6993 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6994 {
6995 asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
6996 int dynindx
6997 = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
6998
6999 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
7000 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7001 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7002 }
7003 else
7004 {
7005 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
7006 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7007 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7008 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7009 }
7010 }
7011 else
7012 {
7013 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents
7014 + eh->datalabel_got.offset);
7015 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
7016 rel.r_addend = 0;
7017 }
7018
7019 loc = srelgot->contents;
7020 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7021 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7022 }
7023 }
7024 #endif
7025
7026 if (h->needs_copy)
7027 {
7028 asection *s;
7029 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7030 bfd_byte *loc;
7031
7032 /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
7033
7034 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
7035 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
7036 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
7037
7038 s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->root.dynobj, ".rela.bss");
7039 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7040
7041 rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
7042 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7043 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7044 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_COPY);
7045 rel.r_addend = 0;
7046 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7047 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7048 }
7049
7050 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. On VxWorks,
7051 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is not absolute: it is relative to the
7052 ".got" section. */
7053 if (h == htab->root.hdynamic
7054 || (!htab->vxworks_p && h == htab->root.hgot))
7055 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
7056
7057 return TRUE;
7058 }
7059
7060 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
7061
7062 static bfd_boolean
7063 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7064 {
7065 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
7066 asection *sgotplt;
7067 asection *sdyn;
7068
7069 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7070 if (htab == NULL)
7071 return FALSE;
7072
7073 sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
7074 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->root.dynobj, ".dynamic");
7075
7076 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
7077 {
7078 asection *splt;
7079 Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
7080
7081 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
7082
7083 dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
7084 dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
7085 for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
7086 {
7087 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
7088 asection *s;
7089 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7090 const char *name;
7091 #endif
7092
7093 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (htab->root.dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
7094
7095 switch (dyn.d_tag)
7096 {
7097 default:
7098 if (htab->vxworks_p
7099 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
7100 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7101 break;
7102
7103 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7104 case DT_INIT:
7105 name = info->init_function;
7106 goto get_sym;
7107
7108 case DT_FINI:
7109 name = info->fini_function;
7110 get_sym:
7111 if (dyn.d_un.d_val != 0)
7112 {
7113 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7114
7115 h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->root, name,
7116 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
7117 if (h != NULL && (h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32))
7118 {
7119 dyn.d_un.d_val |= 1;
7120 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7121 }
7122 }
7123 break;
7124 #endif
7125
7126 case DT_PLTGOT:
7127 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.hgot != NULL);
7128 s = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section;
7129 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
7130 + s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
7131 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7132 break;
7133
7134 case DT_JMPREL:
7135 s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7136 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7137 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
7138 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7139 break;
7140
7141 case DT_PLTRELSZ:
7142 s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7143 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7144 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
7145 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7146 break;
7147
7148 case DT_RELASZ:
7149 /* My reading of the SVR4 ABI indicates that the
7150 procedure linkage table relocs (DT_JMPREL) should be
7151 included in the overall relocs (DT_RELA). This is
7152 what Solaris does. However, UnixWare can not handle
7153 that case. Therefore, we override the DT_RELASZ entry
7154 here to make it not include the JMPREL relocs. Since
7155 the linker script arranges for .rela.plt to follow all
7156 other relocation sections, we don't have to worry
7157 about changing the DT_RELA entry. */
7158 if (htab->srelplt != NULL)
7159 {
7160 s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7161 dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size;
7162 }
7163 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7164 break;
7165 }
7166 }
7167
7168 /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table. */
7169 splt = htab->splt;
7170 if (splt && splt->size > 0 && htab->plt_info->plt0_entry)
7171 {
7172 unsigned int i;
7173
7174 memcpy (splt->contents,
7175 htab->plt_info->plt0_entry,
7176 htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size);
7177 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields); i++)
7178 if (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i] != MINUS_ONE)
7179 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
7180 (sgotplt->output_section->vma
7181 + sgotplt->output_offset
7182 + (i * 4)),
7183 (splt->contents
7184 + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i]));
7185
7186 if (htab->vxworks_p)
7187 {
7188 /* Finalize the .rela.plt.unloaded contents. */
7189 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7190 bfd_byte *loc;
7191
7192 /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the
7193 first PLT entry's pointer to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8. */
7194 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
7195 rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
7196 + splt->output_offset
7197 + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[2]);
7198 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
7199 rel.r_addend = 8;
7200 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7201 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7202
7203 /* Fix up the remaining .rela.plt.unloaded relocations.
7204 They may have the wrong symbol index for _G_O_T_ or
7205 _P_L_T_ depending on the order in which symbols were
7206 output. */
7207 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
7208 {
7209 /* The PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt slot. */
7210 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
7211 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx,
7212 R_SH_DIR32);
7213 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7214 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7215
7216 /* The .got.plt slot's pointer to .plt. */
7217 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
7218 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx,
7219 R_SH_DIR32);
7220 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7221 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7222 }
7223 }
7224
7225 /* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't
7226 really seem like the right value. */
7227 elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
7228 }
7229 }
7230
7231 /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table. */
7232 if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0 && !htab->fdpic_p)
7233 {
7234 if (sdyn == NULL)
7235 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents);
7236 else
7237 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
7238 sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
7239 sgotplt->contents);
7240 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 4);
7241 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 8);
7242 }
7243
7244 if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0)
7245 elf_section_data (sgotplt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
7246
7247 /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT. */
7248 if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
7249 {
7250 struct elf_link_hash_entry *hgot = htab->root.hgot;
7251 bfd_vma got_value = hgot->root.u.def.value
7252 + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7253 + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
7254
7255 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, got_value);
7256
7257 /* Make sure we allocated and generated the same number of fixups. */
7258 BFD_ASSERT (htab->srofixup->reloc_count * 4 == htab->srofixup->size);
7259 }
7260
7261 if (htab->srelfuncdesc)
7262 BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelfuncdesc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
7263 == htab->srelfuncdesc->size);
7264
7265 if (htab->srelgot)
7266 BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelgot->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
7267 == htab->srelgot->size);
7268
7269 return TRUE;
7270 }
7271
7272 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
7273 sh_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7274 const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7275 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
7276 {
7277 switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
7278 {
7279 case R_SH_RELATIVE:
7280 return reloc_class_relative;
7281 case R_SH_JMP_SLOT:
7282 return reloc_class_plt;
7283 case R_SH_COPY:
7284 return reloc_class_copy;
7285 default:
7286 return reloc_class_normal;
7287 }
7288 }
7289
7290 #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7291 /* Support for Linux core dump NOTE sections. */
7292
7293 static bfd_boolean
7294 elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7295 {
7296 int offset;
7297 unsigned int size;
7298
7299 switch (note->descsz)
7300 {
7301 default:
7302 return FALSE;
7303
7304 case 168: /* Linux/SH */
7305 /* pr_cursig */
7306 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
7307
7308 /* pr_pid */
7309 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
7310
7311 /* pr_reg */
7312 offset = 72;
7313 size = 92;
7314
7315 break;
7316 }
7317
7318 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7319 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
7320 size, note->descpos + offset);
7321 }
7322
7323 static bfd_boolean
7324 elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7325 {
7326 switch (note->descsz)
7327 {
7328 default:
7329 return FALSE;
7330
7331 case 124: /* Linux/SH elf_prpsinfo */
7332 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
7333 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
7334 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
7335 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
7336 }
7337
7338 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7339 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7340 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7341
7342 {
7343 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
7344 int n = strlen (command);
7345
7346 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
7347 command[n - 1] = '\0';
7348 }
7349
7350 return TRUE;
7351 }
7352 #endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
7353
7354
7355 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
7356 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
7357
7358 static bfd_vma
7359 sh_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
7360 const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7361 {
7362 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
7363
7364 plt_info = get_plt_info (plt->owner, (plt->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0);
7365 return plt->vma + get_plt_offset (plt_info, i);
7366 }
7367
7368 /* Decide whether to attempt to turn absptr or lsda encodings in
7369 shared libraries into pcrel within the given input section. */
7370
7371 static bfd_boolean
7372 sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame (bfd *input_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7373 struct bfd_link_info *info,
7374 asection *eh_frame_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7375 {
7376 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7377
7378 /* We can't use PC-relative encodings in FDPIC binaries, in general. */
7379 if (htab->fdpic_p)
7380 return FALSE;
7381
7382 return TRUE;
7383 }
7384
7385 /* Adjust the contents of an eh_frame_hdr section before they're output. */
7386
7387 static bfd_byte
7388 sh_elf_encode_eh_address (bfd *abfd,
7389 struct bfd_link_info *info,
7390 asection *osec, bfd_vma offset,
7391 asection *loc_sec, bfd_vma loc_offset,
7392 bfd_vma *encoded)
7393 {
7394 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7395 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7396
7397 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
7398 return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset, loc_sec,
7399 loc_offset, encoded);
7400
7401 h = htab->root.hgot;
7402 BFD_ASSERT (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
7403
7404 if (! h || (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
7405 == sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, loc_sec->output_section)))
7406 return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset,
7407 loc_sec, loc_offset, encoded);
7408
7409 BFD_ASSERT (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
7410 == (sh_elf_osec_to_segment
7411 (abfd, h->root.u.def.section->output_section)));
7412
7413 *encoded = osec->vma + offset
7414 - (h->root.u.def.value
7415 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7416 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7417
7418 return DW_EH_PE_datarel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4;
7419 }
7420
7421 #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7422 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_vec
7423 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh"
7424 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_le_vec
7425 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl"
7426 #endif
7427
7428 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_sh
7429 #define ELF_TARGET_ID SH_ELF_DATA
7430 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_SH
7431 #ifdef __QNXTARGET__
7432 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000
7433 #else
7434 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x80
7435 #endif
7436
7437 #define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
7438
7439 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup
7440 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup \
7441 sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup
7442 #define elf_info_to_howto sh_elf_info_to_howto
7443 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section sh_elf_relax_section
7444 #define elf_backend_relocate_section sh_elf_relocate_section
7445 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
7446 sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents
7447 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject sh_elf_mkobject
7448 #define elf_backend_object_p sh_elf_object_p
7449 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data \
7450 sh_elf_copy_private_data
7451 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
7452 sh_elf_merge_private_data
7453
7454 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook sh_elf_gc_mark_hook
7455 #define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook sh_elf_gc_sweep_hook
7456 #define elf_backend_check_relocs sh_elf_check_relocs
7457 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol \
7458 sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
7459 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
7460 sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections
7461 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
7462 sh_elf_link_hash_table_create
7463 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
7464 sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
7465 #define elf_backend_always_size_sections \
7466 sh_elf_always_size_sections
7467 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
7468 sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections
7469 #define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym
7470 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
7471 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
7472 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
7473 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
7474 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class sh_elf_reloc_type_class
7475 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val sh_elf_plt_sym_val
7476 #define elf_backend_can_make_relative_eh_frame \
7477 sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
7478 #define elf_backend_can_make_lsda_relative_eh_frame \
7479 sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
7480 #define elf_backend_encode_eh_address \
7481 sh_elf_encode_eh_address
7482
7483 #define elf_backend_stack_align 8
7484 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
7485 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
7486 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
7487 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
7488 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
7489 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
7490
7491 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7492
7493 #include "elf32-target.h"
7494
7495 /* NetBSD support. */
7496 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7497 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_nbsd_vec
7498 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7499 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh-nbsd"
7500 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7501 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_nbsd_le_vec
7502 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7503 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl-nbsd"
7504 #undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7505 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
7506 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7507 #undef elf_symbol_leading_char
7508 #define elf_symbol_leading_char 0
7509 #undef elf32_bed
7510 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_nbsd_bed
7511
7512 #include "elf32-target.h"
7513
7514
7515 /* Linux support. */
7516 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7517 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_linux_be_vec
7518 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7519 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-shbig-linux"
7520 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7521 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_linux_vec
7522 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7523 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-sh-linux"
7524 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7525 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
7526
7527 #undef elf_backend_grok_prstatus
7528 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus
7529 #undef elf_backend_grok_psinfo
7530 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo
7531 #undef elf32_bed
7532 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_lin_bed
7533
7534 #include "elf32-target.h"
7535
7536
7537 /* FDPIC support. */
7538 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7539 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec
7540 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7541 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-shbig-fdpic"
7542 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7543 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec
7544 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7545 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-sh-fdpic"
7546
7547 #undef elf32_bed
7548 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_fd_bed
7549
7550 #include "elf32-target.h"
7551
7552 #undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers
7553
7554 /* VxWorks support. */
7555 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7556 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_vxworks_vec
7557 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7558 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh-vxworks"
7559 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7560 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec
7561 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7562 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl-vxworks"
7563 #undef elf32_bed
7564 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_vxworks_bed
7565
7566 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
7567 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
7568 #undef elf_symbol_leading_char
7569 #define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
7570 #define elf_backend_want_got_underscore 1
7571 #undef elf_backend_grok_prstatus
7572 #undef elf_backend_grok_psinfo
7573 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
7574 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
7575 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
7576 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
7577 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
7578 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
7579 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
7580 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
7581 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
7582 elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
7583 #undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7584 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000
7585 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7586
7587 #include "elf32-target.h"
7588
7589 #endif /* neither INCLUDE_SHMEDIA nor SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
This page took 0.284852 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.